You are on page 1of 206

Student Handbook 2010-2011

University of Groningen

Faculty of Economics and Business


Student Handbook 2010-2011

Address
Visiting address: Duisenberg Building
Nettelbosje 2
Zernikecomplex Paddepoel
Postal address: Postbus 800
9700 AV Groningen
Telephone: (050) 363 8900
Contact or information: http://www.rug.nl/feb/studentsupport
Website: http://www.rug.nl/feb/students

Colophon
This Student Handbook is a publication of the Faculty of Economics and Business of
the University of Groningen.

Printed copies: 225


CD-ROM copies: 2,000

Coordination and printing: Jannie Berg


Nikolaj Bijleveld
Annemiek Koning
Ineke Molenkamp
Alieda Reijinga
Peter van Rooij

Layout and printing: Ipskamp, Enschede

Edition: June 2010

In case of a serious accident, fire or


other emergency:
RUG emergency number: 8050

2
Preface to this Handbook
Dear Student,

You find before you the study guide for the English-language degree programmes in
the Faculty of Economics and Business. It contains information about courses,
specializations, study programmes, regulations and practical information about
everyday matters.

On behalf of all staff of FEB, I wish you a successful academic year. That success will
depend on a number of factors. First and foremost, there is the quality of the
lecturers and the degree programme. We ensure that we have good lecturers and
that the teaching is of a high quality. This quality is ensured by means of a detailed
quality management system. In addition, success is also dependent on your attitude
as a student. We ask you to become actively involved so that we can work together
on a successful year! In concrete terms, we expect you to study regularly, participate
actively in doing assignments, attend teaching sessions and be aware of all relevant
study information. With regard to this latter point, I would advise you to regularly
use our 'homepage' on Nestor, the electronic learning environment.

The large-scale renovations at the FEB building was completed recently. On the
ground floor you will find the ‘Student Plaza’: an attractive large hall with various
student facilities, including a Careers Office, a Student Support Desk and a café.

In the field of internationalization, the number of foreign students has increased to


over 600, from 50 different countries. We now have more than 100 exchange schemes
with universities abroad and the number of our ‘Double Degree’ partners, now at 5,
increases with each year. As such the opportunities to study abroad for FEB students
grow, even during the Master’s degree, and with the possibility of earning a second
complementary MSc degree.

I hope that you will feel at home at our Faculty and that your studies proceed with
success and pleasure.

Prof.. Elmer Sterken,


Dean, Faculty of Economics and Business (FEB)

3
Student Handbook 2010-2011

Table of contents

Preface to this Handbook 3

Table of contents 4

Part A General Information 11

A1 Faculty of Economics and Business 11


A1.1 Management Structure 11
A1.2 Overview of degree programmes 13

A2 Organization: registration, education and examination 15


A2.1 Registering, re-registering and deregistering for a degree programme 15
A2.2 Transferring to a degree programme with a fixed quota (Numerus Fixus)
15
A2.3 Change of address 16
A2.4 Registering for courses 16
A2.5 Registering for examinations 17
A2.6 Absence 18
A2.7 Academic year, lecture and examination timetables 18
A2.8 Timetabling 20
A2.9 Teaching and examination methods 21

A3 Regulations, rights and obligations 23


A3.1 Teaching and Examination Regulations (OER) 23
A3.2 Rules and Regulations 23
A3.3 Examinations 23
A3.4 Exemptions 24
A3.5 Study load guidelines 24
A3.6 Plagiarism 24
A3.7 Individual exceptions to the rules 25
A3.8 Right of appeal 26

A4 Supervision 27
A4.1 The first year 27
A4.2 Mentor Groups 28
A4.3 Academic career advice 30
A4.4 Study Advisors’ office at FEB 30
A4.5 University Student Desk 31
A4.6 The Student Service Centre 31
A4.7 If you have doubts about your study programme 32
A4.8 Personal circumstances 32

4
A4.9 Adaptations to teaching and/or examinations 33
A4.10 Other possibilities for advice or support 33

A5 Studying Abroad 34
A5.1 Exchange Office 34
A5.2 International Relations Office (BIS) 35

A6 Graduating and Career Services 36


A6.1 Approval of the Bachelor’s degree programme 36
A6.2 Approval of the Master’s degree programme 36
A6.3 Request for propaedeutic certificate 36
A6.4 Request for Bachelor’s degree certificate 36
A6.5 Request for Master’s degree certificate 37
A6.6 Science Shop 37
A6.7 Careers Office 38

A7 Honours Bachelor’s programme 40

A8 Grants and other money matters 41


A8.1 Study costs policy 41
A8.2 Performance-related grant 41
A8.3 1st February rule 41
A8.4 Graduation Fund 42
A8.5 Emergency Fund 42

A9 Quality assurance 43
A9.1 Teaching evaluations 43
A9.2 Complaints 44
A9.3 Confidential Advisor 45

A10 Facilities 46
A10.1 Libraries 46
A10.2 Computer facilities 46
A10.3 Nestor 48
A10.4 Important information 49
A10.5 Syllabus shop 49
A10.6 Book sales 49
A10.7 Photocopying 49

A11 Addresses 50
A11.1 General 50
A11.2 Student Support Desk 50
A11.3 Careers Office 50
A11.4 Departmental and programme secretariats 51
A11.5 Board of Examiners 53
A11.6 Research 53

5
Student Handbook 2010-2011

A11.7 Repro Shop and Syllabus Shop 53


A11.8 Finances & Financial Planning Office 53
A11.9 Libraries 54
A11.10 Donald Smits Center for Information Technology (CIT) 54
A11.11 Central Bodies 55

A12 Student organizations and societies 57


A12.1 Introduction 57
A12.2 Economics and Business Student Association (EBF) 57
A12.3 Groningen Fiscal Students’ Society (GFE) 60
A12.4 Pro Memorie 61
A12.5 Quest 62
A12.6 Alumni 62

Part B Bachelor’s degrees 64

B1 BSc Econometrics and Operations Research 64


B1.1 Programme description 64
B1.2 Degree programme 65
B1.3 Course Substitutions BSc Econometrics and Operations Research 66
B1.4 Rules and choices 68

B2 BSc Economics and Business Economics 70


B2.1 Programme description 70
B2.2 Degree programme 73
B2.3 Course substitutions BSc Economics and Business Economics 75
B2.4 Rules and choices 76

B3 BSc Business Administration – International Business &


Management 79
B3.1 Programme description 79
B3.2 Degree programme 81
B3.3 Course substitutions BSc Business Administration – International
Business & Management 82
B3.4 Rules and choices 83

B4 Additional options within the Bachelor’s degree 85


B4.1 General Studies Modules (AVV) 85
B4.2 Minors 85

Part C Pre-Master’s programmes 87

C1 Business Administration Pre-Master’s programme 87


C1.1 Programme description 87
C1.2 Programme overview 89

6
C1.3 Rules and choices 93

C2 Human Resource Management Pre-Master’s programme 95


C2.1 Programme description 95
C2.2 Programme overview 96
C2.3 Rules and choices 97

C3 IB&M Pre-Master’s programme 99


C3.1 Programme description 99
C3.2 Programme overview 100
C3.3 Rules and choices 101

C4 IE&B Pre-Master’s programme 102


C4.1 Programme description 102
C4.2 Programme overview 103
C4.3 Rules and choices 104

C5 Technology Management Pre-Master’s programme 105


C5.1 Programme description 105
C5.2 Programme overview 107
C5.3 Rules and choices 107

Part D Master’s degrees 109

D1 Admissions and Registration 109

D2 MSc in Business Administration – Introduction 111

D3 MSc BA – Business Development 116


D3.1 Programme description 116
D3.2 Degree programme 117
D3.3 Rules and choices 118

D4 MSc BA – Business & ICT 120


D4.1 Programme description 120
D4.2 Degree programme 121
D4.3 Rules and choices 121

D5 MSc BA – Change Management 123


D5.1 Programme description 123
D5.2 Degree programme 124
D5.3 Rules and choices 125

D6 MSc BA – Finance 126


D6.1 Programme description 126
D6.2 Degree programme 126

7
Student Handbook 2010-2011

D6.3 Rules and choices 127

D7 MSc BA – Marketing 129


D7.1 Programme description 129
D7.2 Degree programme 130
D7.3 Rules and choices 132

D8 MSc BA – Operations and Supply Chains 134


D8.1 Programme description 134
D8.2 Degree programme 135
D8.3 Rules and choices 136

D9 MSc BA – Organizational & Management Control 138


D9.1 Programme description 138
D9.2 Degree programme 139
D9.3 Rules and choices 140

D10 MSc BA – Small Business & Entrepreneurship 142


D10.1 Programme description 142
D10.2 Degree programme 143
D10.3 Rules and choices 144

D11 MSc BA – Strategy & Innovation 146


D11.1 Programme description 146
D11.2 Degree programme 147
D11.3 Rules and choices 147

D12 MSc Econometrics, Operations Research & Actuarial Studies –


Econometrics 149
D12.1 Programme description 149
D12.2 Degree programme 149
D12.3 Rules and choices 150

D13 MSc Econometrics, Operations Research & Actuarial Studies –


Operations Research 152
D13.1 Programme description 152
D13.2 Degree programme 152
D13.3 Rules and choices 153

D14 MSc Econometrics, Operations Research & Actuarial Studies –


Actuarial Studies 155
D14.1 Programme description 155
D14.2 Degree programme 155
D14.3 Rules and choices 156

D15 MSc Economics 158

8
D15.1 Programme description 158
D15.2 Degree programme 159
D15.3 Rules and choices 160

D16 MSc Human Resource Management 162


D16.1 Programme description 162
D16.2 Degree programme 163
D16.3 Rules and choices 163

D17 MSc International Business & Management 165


D17.1 Programme description 165
D17.2 Degree programme 166
D17.3 Rules and choices 166

D18 MSc International Economics & Business 168


D18.1 Programme description 168
D18.2 Degree programme 169
D18.3 Rules and choices 170

D19 MSc Technology Management 172


D19.1 Programme description 172
D19.2 Degree programme 173
D19.3 Rules and choices 174

D20 Research Master’s in Economics & Business 176


D20.1 Programme description 176
D20.2 Degree programme 177
D20.3 Rules and choices 180

Part E Double degree programmes 181

E1 Introduction 181

E2 Double Degree MSc Business Administration/Marketing (FEB)


and Strategic Marketing Management (BI, Oslo) 182
E2.1 Programme description 182

E3 Double Degree MSc International Economics and Business (from


FEB) and MSc Economics and Business, specialisation Strategy
(from BI, Oslo) 185
E3.1 Programme description 185

E4 Double Degree MSc International Economics and Business (from


FEB) and MA in International Economics (from Georg-August-
University Göttingen - GOT) 188

9
Student Handbook 2010-2011

E4.1 Programme description 188

E5 Double Degree MSc International Economics and Business (from


FEB) and MA in International Economy and Business from
Corvinus University Budapest - CUB) 192
E5.1 Programme description 192

E6 Double Degree MSc in International Business and Management,


specialization International Financial Management 196
E6.1 Programme description 196

E7 Dual Masters Award in Advanced International Business


Management and Marketing 200

Index of this Handbook 204

10
General Information

Part A General Information

A1 Faculty of Economics and Business

A1.1 Management Structure


The university is responsible for offering high-quality academic training, complete
and balanced degree programmes as well as good teaching and student facilities. The
rights and responsibilities for the design and high quality of the teaching
programmes lie within the Faculty. The management structure of the Faculty of
Economics and Business has a number of important organs in this context, which
have important contributions by students.

The Faculty has a Faculty Board consisting of three people. There is also a student
advisor. The consultative participation of staff and students is organized via the
Faculty Council. The Faculty Council consists of 18 people: 9 members are chosen by
and from the staff and 9 by and from the students. The composition of the Faculty
Council is displayed on the website
(http://www.rug.nl/feb/Faculteit/bestuurFaculteit/samenstellingFaculteitsraad).

The degree programmes offered by the Faculty are the responsibility of the
programme directors. On behalf of the Faculty, they are responsible for the
organization and coordination of the implementation and for monitoring the quality
of the degree programmes. In addition, they advise the Faculty Board on the content,
composition and programming of the various teaching activities, as well as on the
quality control system.

The Degree Programme Advisory Committees are important advisory bodies. Within
the Faculty, every degree programme has such a committee. A degree programme
advisory committee can be asked for advice or can provide advice on its own
initiative on all aspects to do with a degree programme. Half of the members of each
committee are students. With regard to their contribution to the management
processes within the Faculty, students are organized into the Quest Foundation.

On the next page you will find the names of the programme directors and
coordinators for all the degree programmes within FEB.

11
Student Handbook 2010-2011

Programme Directors and Coordinators: FEB 2010 - 2011


Bachelor’s degrees Director Coordinator
Accountancy & Controlling Dr E.P. Jansen Mrs I.M. Luttmer-Noest
Business Economics Dr P.P.M. Smid Dr C.A. Huijgen
Business Administration Prof. J. de Vries -
Econometrics and Operations Research Prof. M.H. van der -
Vlerk
Economics & Business Economics: Vacancy
• Economics Dr J.P. Elhorst
• International Economics & Business Dr E.H. van Leeuwen
Economics of Taxation Dr P.P.M. Smid Mrs M.C. Christen-Schiere
LLM
Honours programme
• Business stream Dr M.J. Brand and
Dr E.P.M. Croonen
• Economics stream Dr P.Rao Sahib
International Business & Management (variant H.A.Ritsema LLM Mrs R. van Est-van der Weg
within BSc Business Administration)
Technology Management Dr J.Riezebos Dr G.C. Ruël
Industrial Engineering & Management Dr B.J. Kooi H. Kloosterman
(FWN/FEB*)
Pre-MSc programmes Dr P.P.M. Smid W. Lanting
Master’s degrees Director Coordinator
Accountancy & Controlling Dr E.P. Jansen Mrs I.M. Luttmer-Noest
Business Administration, with specializations: Prof. A.Boonstra
• Business & ICT Prof. E.W. Berghout
• Business Development Dr K.R.E. Huizingh
• Change Management Dr C. Reezigt
• Finance Dr A.Plantinga
• Marketing Dr J.A. Voerman
• Operations & Supply Chains Dr H. Broekhuis
• Organizational & Management Control Dr B. Crom
• Small Business & Entrepreneurship Dr C.H.M. Lutz
• Strategy & Innovation Prof. W.A. Dolfsma
Econometrics, Operations Research and Prof. M.H. van der -
Actuarial Studies Vlerk
Economics Vacancy Dr J.P. Elhorst
Economics of Taxation Dr P.P.M. Smid Mrs M.C.Christen-Schiere
LLM
Human Resource Management Prof. O. Janssen J. van Polen
International Business & Management H.A. Ritsema LLM Mrs R. van Est-van der Weg
IB&M specialization in IFM Dr W. Westerman Mrs R. van Est-van der Weg
International Economics & Business Vacancy Dr E.H. van Leeuwen
MSc Teaching Economics and Business Studies Dr P.P.M. Smid A.W.G. Hoevers
L. Wouda
Industrial Engineering & Management Dr B.J. Kooi H. Kloosterman, ing.
(FWN/FEB*)
Technology Management Dr J. Riezebos Dr G.C. Ruël
Research Master in Economics and Business Dr J.T. van der Vaart Dr M.A. Haan
*FWN = Faculty of Mathematics and Natural Sciences. Industrial Engineering and
Management is offered jointly by these two faculties.

12
General Information

A1.2 Overview of degree programmes


The figure on the next page provides an overview of all the Bachelor’s and Master’s
degree programmes offered by the Faculty of Economics and Business. The arrows
show which Bachelor’s programmes grant admission to which Master’s programmes.
Every Bachelor’s degree programme grants automatic entry to at least one Master’s
degree programme, the so-called follow-on programme (doorstroommaster). The
Admissions Board (via the Admissions Office) deals with applications for admission
to other Master’s degree programmes. In virtually all cases, a Master's programme
has specific entry requirements, including sufficient command of English. All of the
Bachelor’s degree programmes at the Faculty of Economics and Business last three
years. Every Bachelor’s degree programme has a ‘research variant’, the so-called
Honours Bachelor path (see chapter A7). Master’s degree programmes last one year,
with the exception of one of the teacher training programmes in Economics and
Business Studies and the Research Master in Economics & Business. These degree
programmes last two years.

13
Student Handbook 2010-2011

Faculty of Economics and Business


Bachelor’s degrees and Master’s degrees

Bachelor’s degrees Master’s degrees Pre-MSc

Business Administration (EN)


Business Administration (NL)
- Business & ICT
- Business Development
- Change Management
- Finance
- Marketing
Business Administration: - Operations & Supply Chains
International Business & - Organizational & Management
Management (EN) Control
- Small Business & Entrepreneurship
- Strategy & Innovation

Business Economics (NL)


Human Resource Management (EN)

International Business &


Management (EN)
- Specialization in International
Economics and Business Economics Financial Management, Double Degree
(EN) with Uppsala, 1.5 years
- Economics
- International Economics and Business

International Economics & Business


(EN)

Accountancy & Controlling (NL)


Accountancy & Controlling (NL) - Accountancy
- Controlling

Econometrics, Operations Research


and Actuarial Studies (EN)
- Econometrics
Econometrics and Operations - Operations Research
Research (EN) - Actuarial Studies

Economics (EN)

Education: Economics & Business


Studies (NL)
1- and 2-year courses with teacher
placement

Economics of Taxation (NL)

Economics of Taxation (Fiscal


Economics) (NL)

Technology Management (EN)


Technology Management (NL)

Selective entry Research Master’s in Economics and


Business (EN)
NL– Degree programmes entirely or 2 years
mainly in Dutch
EN – Degree programmes entirely in
English

14
General Information

A2 Organization: registration, education and examination

A2.1 Registering, re-registering and deregistering for a degree programme


Registration and re-registration has to be done through Studielink
(http://www.studielink.nl ). Register yourself via Studielink for the next year of your
degree programme.

You can also use Studielink for enrolling in a Master's degree programme for which
your Bachelor's programme grants direct admission - see the relevant OER for your
degree programme. Registration for a different Master’s degree programme is only
possible after approval by the Admissions Board. You must first submit a request to
this end to the Admissions Office. See also chapter D1.

Some degree programmes require you to register in Progress WWW


(http://www.progresswww.nl ) for a certain profile or path, for example the first year
of IB&M and the various paths in the Master’s degree in Business Administration.
Such registration in Progress WWW is never the official registration or re-registration
for a degree programme. So, if you want to start the MSc BA, you must always
indicate this via Studielink. In addition, by clicking the ‘Registration’ button in
Progress WWW you can indicate which path you want to follow within the MSc BA.

If you want to change degree programmes or register for a second one, please visit
the website of the University Student Desk (http://www.rug.nl/insandouts). If this
website does not answer your question, please visit the University Student Desk (see
A11 for contact details).
They know all about:
– registration and allocation of places
– registration / deregistration
– payment or reimbursement of tuition fees
– applying for a colloquium doctum
– declarations required by external institutions and
– English, French or German translations of examination results.

A2.2 Transferring to a degree programme with a fixed quota (Numerus Fixus)


If you want to transfer to a degree programme with a fixed quota (Numerus Fixus)
during the current academic year, there are a number of options open.

1 You are in the propaedeutic phase and want to transfer during the first year to a
programme with a fixed quota (NF – Numerus Fixus).
This is possible, as long as there are still places available (750 students for
Business Studies and IB&M). Register via Studielink (http://www.studielink.nl)
for an NF degree programme, and if there is still space you will be sent a
confirmation of admission by DUO, a governmental institution linked to the
Ministry of Education, Culture and Science (http://www.ib-

15
Student Handbook 2010-2011

groep.nl/particulieren/default.asp) . Applications will be dealt with strictly on a


first-come, first-serve basis.

2 You have a propaedeutic certificate that according to the OER (section 3 of the Bachelor’s
OER) grants admission to the second year of an NF degree programme and you want to
transfer to the second year.
You can simply transfer, but don't forget to update your registration in Studielink
to the right degree programme.

3 You have a propaedeutic certificate for a degree programme that does NOT grant
admission to the second year of an NF degree programme.
In this case you must join the propaedeutic phase of the programme in question.
You will have to register in Studielink and take part in the ballot for the degree
programme for the next academic year.

N.B. In some cases, the degree programme may decide to grant exemption for certain
courses in the propaedeutic phase based on the courses you have already followed.
For more information, see
http://www.rug.nl/feb/informatievoor/studenten/DirectRegelen.

A2.3 Change of address


It is important to report a change of address, because the Faculty will regularly send
you important information about your studies. You can register a change of address
via Studielink (http://www.studielink.nl ). Your change of address is processed
immediately and automatically communicated to the faculty. If this does not work,
please contact the University Student Desk on http://www.rug.nl/insandouts.
You do not have to report a change of address to your faculty administration.

A2.4 Registering for courses


You must register via Progress WWW (http://progresswww.nl/rug) for all the
courses you plan to follow. This applies to all degree programmes and all years.
You can register from home via the internet, or you can use one of the computers at
the Centre for Information Technology (CIT, building 5415). When registering for
courses you will need the account number and password you have received from the
university to hand. If you register for a course, which includes, tutorials you will
usually be assigned to a tutorial group. These groups are published on Nestor.
Registration for a course is not without obligations. Once you have registered, you
are expected to follow the course. It is of course possible to withdraw from the course
within the registration period.

You must fulfil all general or subject-specific requirements for the course before it
commences, otherwise you will not be allowed to attend. See for the general
requirements the overview of ‘Rules and choices’ at the end of the information about

16
General Information

your degree programme. Subject-specific entry requirements can be found in Ocasys


(http://www.rug.nl/ocasys ). You are responsible for checking if you have satisfied all
the entry requirements for a course. You cannot derive any rights from the fact that
the lecturer allowed you to attend.

Registration period
You can register for courses between seven weeks and one week before the start of
the lecture period. Registration once this period has closed will not necessarily
guarantee participation. The programme director may also decide to close the course
registration earlier in case of fear for overregistration, so do register in time.
NB: Other faculties may have different registration periods.

Forgotten to register for a course?


If you did not register for a course, but the programme director nevertheless allows
you to take the course, the Student Support Desk can still register you. Please submit
proof of the programme director’s permission, for example in the form of a printed e-
mail.

A2.5 Registering for examinations


You must register via Progress WWW (http://www.progresswww.nl) for all the
examinations you plan to take. When you register for examinations, you will need
the account number and password you have received from the university. When you
attend an examination, you must be able to produce proof of registration (student
card). In addition, you should provide a printed copy of your examination
registration to prove that you have been entered for the exam.

Registration period
The registration period runs from four weeks to one week before the start of the
exam period for the relevant block.

Forgotten to register for an examination?


If you forget to register for an examination, the following procedure applies (see also
Article 3.2 of ‘Regulations and guidelines’).
Those who do not register in the given period may, upon payment of € 15 per
examination, still register until three full working days before the exam. For example:
for an exam on Friday, registration is possible until Tuesday at the latest.
Late registration takes place at the Student Support Desk each weekday between 9
am and 5 pm (Mondays from 10 am). A request form for late registration must be
filled out completely and submitted. Payment is only possible by PIN. Upon
payment the form is stamped and signed, and this then serves as proof of late
registration.
Students who have not registered, either in the normal registration period or during
late registration, will not be admitted to the examination.

17
Student Handbook 2010-2011

You may register late for a maximum of five examinations per block, and the
maximum amount charged for late registration in any one block is € 50.

NB: Registration (via ProgressWWW) for intermediate exams (tests set during lecture
weeks) is not necessary.

A2.6 Absence
If, due to illness or other special circumstances, you are unable to attend a practical,
seminar or tutorial, you should notify the relevant member of staff in advance. If you
are likely to be absent for an extended period of time, you should also notify your
Study Advisor. For addresses, see section A11.

A2.7 Academic year, lecture and examination timetables


Every academic year is divided into two semesters, in turn divided into two blocks –
a total of four teaching blocks. A block, or half semester, is indicated by its year,
semester and block number – e.g. 1.1.2 = the first academic year, the first semester
and the second block. A block lasts 10 or 11 weeks, eight of which are teaching weeks
and two or three exam weeks. In the first year testing takes place more often (see
A2.9). One block is generally worth 15 ECTS credits in courses (ECTS = European
Credit Transfer and Accumulation System, sometimes shortened to ‘EC’; 1 ECTS
credit is the equivalent of 28 hours of study).
The 2010-2011 academic year is divided as follows:

18
General Information

Calen- Dates Lecture / Propaedeutic year BSc 2nd and 3rd year
dar Exam week and MSc
week
36 06-09 L1
37 13-09 L2
38 20-09 L3
39 27-09 L4 Start course registration 27-09 Start course registration 27-09
40 04-10 L5 Start exams registration 04-10 Start exams registration 04-10
41 11-10 L6
42 18-10 L7 Deadline exams registration 24-10 Deadline exams registration 24-10
43 25-10 C8
44 01-11 E1 Regular exams semester 1.1 Regular exams semester 1.1
Deadline course registration 07-11 Deadline course registration 07-11
45 08-11 E2 Regular exams semester 1.1 Regular exams semester 1.1
46 15-11 L1
47 22-11 L2
48 29-11 L3
49 06-12 L4
50 13-12 L5 Start course registration and Start course registration and
exams registration 13-12 exams registration 13-12
51 20-12
52 27-12
1 03-01 L6
2 10-01 L7 Deadline exams registration 16-01 Deadline exams registration 16-01
3 17-01 L8
4 24-01 E1 Resits semester 1.1 Resits semester 1.1
5 31-01 E2 Resits semester 1.1 Resits semester 1.1
Regular exams semester 1.2 Regular exams semester 1.2
Deadline course registration 06-02 Deadline course registration 06-02
6 07-02 E3 Regular exams semester 1.2 Regular exams semester 1.2
7 14-02 L1
8 21-02 L2
9 281-02 L3
10 07-03 L4
11 14-03 L5 Start course registration and Start course registration and
exams registration14-03 exams registration 14-03
12 21-03 L6
13 28-03 L7 Deadline exams registration 03-04 Deadline exams registration 03-04
14 04-04 L8
15 11-04 E1 Resits semester 1.2 Resits semester 1.2
16 18-04 E2 Resits semester 1.2 Resits semester 1.2
Regular exams semester 2.1 Regular exams semester 2.1
Deadline course registration 24-04 Deadline course registration 24-04
17 25-04 E3 Regular exams semester 2.1 Regular exams semester 2.1
18 02-05 L1
19 09-05 L2
20 16-05 L3
21 23-05 L4
22 30-05 L5 Start exams registration 30-05 Start exams registration 30-05
23 06-06 L6
24 13-06 L7 Deadline exams registration 19-06 Deadline exams registration 19-06
25 20-06 L8
26 27-06 E1 Regular exams semester 2.2 Resits semester 2.1
27 04-07 E2 Resits semester 2.1 Resits semester 2.1
Regular exams semester 2.2
28 11-07 E3 Resits semester 2.2 Regular exams semester 2.2
29 18-07 Start course registration 18-07 Start course registration 18-07
30 25-07 Start exams registration 25-07
31 01-08
32 08-08 Deadline exams registration14-08
33 15-08
34 22-08 E1 No exams Resits semester 2.2
Deadline course registration 28-08 Deadline course registration 28-08
35 29-08 E2 No exams Resits semester 2.2

19
Student Handbook 2010-2011

Notes
20 December to 2 Januari Christmas break
22 April Good Friday
25 April Easter Monday
5 May Liberation Day
2 June Ascention Thursday
13 June Whit Monday
18 July to 21 August Summer vacation

Most courses are offered once a year. There are also courses that are offered twice a
year, including ‘Specialization courses’, the ‘Bachelor’s thesis’ and the ‘Management
Game’. The duration of courses is not always the same. Most courses in the first and
second year of the Bachelor’s programme take half a semester. Many courses in the
third year of the Bachelor’s programme and in the Master’s programme take a full
semester.

In principle, examination resits can be taken once a year – at the end of the block
directly after the block with the first examination date. Exception: the resits for block
2.2 will take place in August. This regulation does not apply to the courses of the
propaedeutic year. The resits of the courses of blok 2.2 of the propaedeutic year will
take place in the last examinations week of blok 2.2.
There are other rules for examinations for courses that are given twice a year.
Consult the course descriptions in Ocasys.

The lectures and examinations take place at different venues. In general lectures etc.
take place in the Lecture Hall or in one of the various other buildings at Zernike.
Most examinations are sat in the Examinations Hall or in the Tennis Hall of the
ACLO building.

A2.8 Timetabling
Timetables are organised on a faculty-wide basis within FEB. Some general tenets
have been established upon the basis of the faculty’s didactic ideal for the purposes
of timetabling lectures and examinations.

The most important tenets regarding lecture timetables are:


– Every student whose degree is on schedule is able to attend the compulsory
courses’ (see Ocasys) lectures within a particular year.
– Electives within one year are timetabled such that they do not clash with
compulsory courses of that same year. Electives may, however, clash with each
other.
– The lecture week runs from 9 a.m. on Monday until 6 p.m. on Friday. As few
lectures as possible are scheduled after 5 p.m.
– Lecture timetables are published each semester on the internet either on or before
the date upon which registration for the course in question opens. Name lists for
tutorial and practical groups are published on Nestor. For more information
please consult the website.

20
General Information

The most important tenets for examination timetables are:


– Examinations for compulsory courses within two consecutive years are
timetabled without overlap. Examinations for elective courses may overlap.
– It is possible that there is overlap between the propaedeutic examinations and the
second year examinations. This is due to the introduction of the Binding Study
Advice.
– On any one day, no more than one examination from a particular year is
timetabled for students in the same year.
– An examination in the morning will not be scheduled the day after an evening
examination for students in the same year.
– Examinations begin at fixed times (9 a.m., 2 p.m. and 6:30 p.m. in the
Examination Hall and 8:30 a.m. and 1 p.m. in the Tennis Hall). Examinations
normally last for three hours.
– Examination timetables are published each semester on the internet at the same
time as lecture timetables. For more information please consult the website.

Note:
In circumstances such as a study delay and a particular elective path, the points
above may be rendered inpracticable and impossible to follow.

A2.9 Teaching and examination methods


Generally speaking, there are three types of course:
– ‘Lecture courses’, in which teaching is done via lectures (indicated by HC in the
timetables), usually one lecture of one or two hours at a fixed time each week. A
lecture course is usually examined by a written examination (multiple choice
and/or open questions).
– Courses in which the lectures are supported by tutorials (indicated by WC).
During these tutorials, the lecture material is studied in more detail and put into
practice through exercises, and other minor assignments. Attendance is not
always compulsory, but is certainly highly recommended as that you become
more familiar with the material. These courses usually end with a written
examination. Sometimes sufficient attendance at and participation in the tutorials
contribute to the final grade.
– Practicals (sometimes in combination with lectures or tutorials). A practical is the
most intensive teaching method. Under the supervision of a lecturer or a student
assistant, you will work alone or in a small group on a problem. You will record
your findings in a report. Practicals are usually compulsory. Testing is done by
an assessment of your written assignment(s), including presentations, often in
combination with a written examination.

Students who have registered for a relevant course will be divided into groups for
the tutorials and practicals. This division into groups usually occurs before the block
starts. Sometimes the groups will be formed during the first plenary session (e.g. the
first lecture).

21
Student Handbook 2010-2011

The time and location of the tutorials or practicals may be different for each group.
You will find information about the groups on Nestor. The course descriptions in
Ocasys list which teaching and testing forms are used in the courses.

22
General Information

A3 Regulations, rights and obligations

A3.1 Teaching and Examination Regulations (OER)


The OER sets out the content and structure of a teaching programme. It also sets out
the rights and obligations of students. The OER for Bachelor’s and Master’s degree
programmes at FEB can be found with the Student Handbooks for 2010-2011 on the
CD-ROM, and are also available online.

A3.2 Rules and Regulations


The Rules and Regulations set out how the OER is implemented in practice and
contain additional rules. The Rules and Regulations can be found on the CD-ROM
with the Student Handbooks for 2010-2011, and are also available online.

A3.3 Examinations
Examination results must be published no later than 10 working days after the date
on which the examination was taken. Only results published by the Educational
Administration are legally valid.

Exam results will be published on Progress WWW. You will need your student
number and password to access your results. Every new first-year student will be
sent a letter containing a password. If you have forgotten your password, you can
request it again from the CIT Service Desk on the ground floor of the Duisenberg
Building. Examination results are confidential, which means that no information can
be disclosed by telephone or to third parties. You can check your results at any time
via Progress WWW.

Examination scripts will be available for inspection for up to four weeks after the
results have been published. Within the specified period, students can inspect
questions or assignments relating to the examination, as well as the marking criteria.
Details of the inspection procedure are published on Nestor. If you have a question
about your results, the Student Support Desk will be able to help. Please bring your
student card with you.

Resits
Resits will in principle take place in the half-semester directly after the first regular
examination has taken place. Exception: the resits for block 2.2 will take place in
August. This regulation does not apply to the courses of the propaedeutic year. The
resits of the courses of blok 2.2 of the propaedeutic year will take place in the last
examinations week of blok 2.2.
Different rules apply to courses that are offered twice a year. Details can be found in
the course database on the website (Ocasys).

23
Student Handbook 2010-2011

A3.4 Exemptions
Exemption from certain examinations may be granted provided that the
requirements have been met (previous qualifications and results). It is not possible to
list all the qualifications and diplomas which may grant an exemption. Exemption
request forms can be downloaded from the website. You should hand in the form
and documentary evidence at the Student Support Desk.
Courses for which an exemption has been granted will be awarded a mark 6. It is not
possible to request an exemption for a course for which you have already taken an
exam, either at the current Faculty or at one of the predecessors of the Faculty of
Economics and Business.
NB: If you take an examination for a course for which an exemption has been
granted, the exemption will be annulled. If you are uncertain about this, contact your
study advisor. See A11 for the address details.

A3.5 Study load guidelines


These guidelines are derived from the Wijnen Report ‘Te doen of niet te doen?’
published by the Studeerbaarheid Committee in 1992, which expresses study load in
pages per hour. For the calculation of the study load, a page was considered to
consist of approximately 300 words.

Learning objectives Difficult Average Easy


(for instance a (article in (case description,
book in a specialized newspaper article)
foreign journal)
language)
Light
General introduction, 8 pages 13 pages 18 pages
outline of main points
Average
Mastery of
conceptual 6 pages 10 pages 14 pages
framework,
doing assignments
Heavy
Analysis,
4 pages 7 pages 9 pages
synthesis,
evaluation

A3.6 Plagiarism
Plagiarism is the use of the ideas and phrases of others without reference to the
source. This occurs not only in course assignments, but also in Bachelor’s and
Master’s theses. Examples include reproducing an assignment completed by a fellow
student or senior student, ‘copy pasting’ from the internet without stating the source,

24
General Information

submitting the same piece of work more than once, reproducing a thesis written by a
student at another university or reproducing part of a book or article.
The Faculty has strict regulations concerning plagiarism. Plagiarism is forbidden.
One of the requirements of academic training is that you should never reproduce the
work of others without acknowledging the source. Of course, you will use these
sources while you are working on your assignment or article, but the final piece of
work you produce must be based on your own creative thinking; you must add
something yourself. The Faculty has clearly set out above what academic study
involves and how academics are expected to conduct themselves. Plagiarism
undermines the basic aim of an academic education, namely to develop the ability to
think in an independent and critical way.
Amongst other measures, the Faculty uses a plagiarism scanner to detect and combat
the problem. This means that all assignments submitted by students will be screened
for plagiarism. Part of this screening will be done electronically. If a member of staff
suspects that a student is guilty of plagiarism, the Board of Examiners will be
notified. The Board of Examiners will then investigate the matter further, if
necessary. If plagiarism is deemed proven, disciplinary measures will follow.
Further information and the regulations regarding plagiarism can be found on the
website
http://www.rug.nl/feb/informatievoor/studenten/tentamens/fraudeEnPlagiaat and in
the Rules and Regulations (see the CD-ROM).

A3.7 Individual exceptions to the rules


If you want to be considered for individual exemption from a rule, you will have to
submit a request to the Board of Examiners of your degree programme. Contact a
study advisor for advice.

What exceptions can be made?


– Exceptions to progression requirements, admission requirements for a degree
programme or course, etc.;
– (individual) examining at irregular times (outside the fixed examination date
and/or time), for example in the event of a last course of a degree programme (see
the Rules and Regulations); examining in irregular ways (alternative examination
forms); this is often referred to as an 'oral exam' but it may also be written;
– exemption from the registration requirement for an examination;
– alternative credit allocation for a course.
If you want to deviate from the course registration requirement, you must contact the
programme director of your degree programme. In the event of overlapping
examinations contact the Student Support Desk.

What are the criteria?


Requests for dispensation will in principle only be honoured in case of
(unacceptable) study delay or study hindrance as a result of demonstrable personal
circumstances. In more concrete terms, this means

25
Student Handbook 2010-2011

– all circumstances that have occurred beyond your control, for example dyslexia,
illness, disability, accident, family circumstances, psychological/emotional
problems, addiction, material setback;
– matters such as pregnancy, top sport status, certain administrative duties, proven
exceptional performance;
– educational force majeure.
At all times you will be expected to have made every effort to prevent the
delay/hindrance.

What should you do if you want to receive an exception to the OER?


– Describe what the problem is and for which rule you are requesting an individual
exception;
– motivate your request and indicate which documentary evidence you can
produce (on request) to support it;
– send your request to examencie.feb@rug.nl.
Do not forget to state your personal details (incl. student number, address, etc.) and
degree programme. The Board of Examiners may contact the study advisor for
advice. You can also ask the study advisor for advice.

A3.8 Right of appeal


If you disagree with an examination result or some other formal decision that only
affects you individually, you can lodge an appeal. If you wish to do this, contact your
study advisor. See also the Rules and Regulations and the Students’ Charter.

26
General Information

A4 Supervision

A4.1 The first year


Introduction
The first year of your degree programme at the Faculty is important. Not only for
your study results, but also for additional programme possibilities, such as study
abroad, student assistantship, committee work and internship. If you round off the
first year well, you will have more time to concentrate on the next part of your
degree programme. In addition, a good first year helps your study programme to
remain doable because you don’t have to repeat any or only very few courses. This is
why the Faculty asks its students to take their degree programme seriously right
from the word go and to spend sufficient time studying.
It’s only natural that the transition to higher education involves a lot of change. In
order to help with this process, you will be given a Binding Study Advice (BSA),
there is intensive teaching in the first year, you will form part of a Mentor Group and
you will have an individual talk with your lecturer-tutor on a regular basis. Together
we will work towards a successful first year.

Binding Study Advice (BSA)


The Faculty considers it important for students to know quickly whether they are
following the right degree programme. If you discover quickly that you have made
the wrong choice, you will be able to change programmes without losing too much
time. That is why most of the Bachelor’s degree programmes at the University of
Groningen will have a Binding Study Advice as of 1 September 2010. All of the
Bachelor’s programmes at the Faculty of Economics and Business will have a BSA for
the propaedeutic phase.
This means that you have to earn at least 40 ECTS credit points (of the possible 60
ECTS credit points per year) in your first academic year and that you can only spend
two years on the propaedeutic phase. If you do not manage to do so, you must leave
the degree programme. It’s therefore very important to start working for the 60 ECTS
credit points right from the start. The first partial examinations will be after the first
2-3 weeks, and to pass them, you will have to get to work from the first lecture. This
means carefully comprehending of the literature and being able to answer critical
questions concerning the literature.
Four times a year, after each exam period, you will be sent an overview of your study
results up till then. The second overview will also include a provisional BSA. The
final overview is sent after the block 2.2. resits (second half of July) and will include
the BSA. If it turns out during the academic year that you will not be able to earn the
necessary 40 ECTS study points, you will be sent a negative BSA sooner. Only a
negative BSA has any consequences.

27
Student Handbook 2010-2011

A negative BSA, now what?


If you have been sent a negative BSA, you will have to stop your degree programme.
Only after 2 years will you be considered again for the same programme. All the
exam results from your first time around will lapse.
However, a BSA is mainly an indication that the programme you are following may
not be the right one for you. If you think that you are going to get a negative BSA, the
best thing to do is look around for a different programme in good time. The first
logical step is to contact your study advisor or your tutor. If you already know which
other programme you want to start with, it is advisable to contact the study advisor
of that programme.
The Centre for Study Support and Academic Skills (Student Support Centre) is a
good place to start also. This centre organizes a study choice workshop for first-year
students (and others). See section A11 for the address.

Intensive teaching
In order to make the start of your studies as smooth as possible, intensive teaching is
offered in the first year of every Bachelor’s degree programme. This reduces the
impact of the transition from VWO/HBO to the University. The intensification is
realised through small-group teaching. There will also be frequent assessments. In
principle, in the first semester you will have a test every week. In addition to
intensive teaching, a great deal of attention is also paid to study and course choice
supervision. For example, all first-years have their own student-mentor and lecturer-
tutor to whom they turn to with their questions and who also maintain contact with
the students. Students themselves are responsible for keeping an eye on their study
progress, but the Faculty wants to offer sufficient supervision facilities to help its
students study succesfully.

A4.2 Mentor Groups


In the first year of the Bachelor’s degree programme, the Faculty devotes particular
attention to study success, extra study possibilities and optimization of study
progress. This is only possible if you are actively studying. The Faculty aims to
achieve an active study attitude for example by means of biweekly assignments and
discussions in Mentor Groups. The aim of the Mentor Group is to provide students
with an overview of how they are studying and teach them how to study more
effectively. It is also an opportunity for your regular contact with your fellow
students.
You will be allocated a Mentor Group at the start of the first academic year. This
workgroup will meet every two weeks for an hour, headed by a student-mentor. The
student-mentor will give you feedback on both the finished assignments and study
progress. In addition to a student-mentor, every workgroup also has a lecturer-tutor.
The Mentor Group meetings will have an attendance register. If you do not attend,
the lecturer-tutor will be informed.
The lecturer-tutor will hold individual meetings with his/her students at the start of
the programme and after the examination rounds of block 1.1 and block 1.2.. You will

28
General Information

be sent an invitation to this meeting. Lecturer-tutors can consult the student-mentors


for input for these discussions. They can also check your study results in
ProgressWWW. Depending on your study results, you may also have a meeting in
the second semester.
In this way all first-years receive regular and personal feedback. We trust that this
will have a positive effect on student involvement in their degree programme.

When Action
Supervision by senior student (Mentor Group) and an
During semester 1 introductory meeting with lecturer-tutor
Your part: introductory interview with the lecturer-tutor
After every exam Written report and advice concerning your study progress
period Your part: contact the study advisor if you have a question
Invitation to a meeting with your lecturer-tutor
After blocks 1.1 and
Your part: you can also arrange a meeting with your tutor
1.2
yourself.
Invitation for a meeting with your lecturer-tutor if you have
been sent a negative BSA
After block 2.1
Your part: you yourself can request a meeting with your
lecturer-tutor
Binding Study Advice (BSA) – on paper
After the last exam Your part: you may lodge an appeal against the BSA, see the
period (July) information in the letter. Reflecting on another programme
that matches your qualities.
Degree programme information for the second year of the
Various times Bachelor’s degree programmes, study abroad, Honours
programme, etc.

Comment:
The study progress advice and the Binding Study Advice are based on your study
results. The main purpose of interim progress advice is to help students decide
whether their approach to study is working and whether to continue with their
degree programme (self-selection). Dont ignore the interim advice and prevent us
having to give you a negative Binding Study Advice at the end of the year.

From the second year of registration onwards, in case you have not completed the
propaedeutic phase succesfully, attention is focused on completing the propaedeutic
phase in time and, in addition to this, on the study options within and after the
Bachelor’s degree phase (e.g. which Master’s programme should you choose?). Your
lecturer-tutor will be your first contact person, you must take the initiative for a
meeting. It goes without saying that it is important that you (also) take the initiative
to contact the study advisors, other faculty staff and fellow students.

29
Student Handbook 2010-2011

A4.3 Academic career advice


By choosing a degree programme you have made a good start with your
preparations for the labour market. Practical experiences are crucial for your position
on the labour market. Committee work, internship and entrepreneurship put the
learning in practice and offer more opportunities on the labour market. The more
ECTS credits you obtain in the first year of your study, the more time you have to
gain these kinds of experiences. Therefor, see also Section A6.7.

A4.4 Study Advisors’ office at FEB


Successful studying depends on many different factors, so it is understandable that
students sometimes need to consult an impartial expert to iron out any difficulties, or
to help make sensible decisions in their careers. This is why our faculty employs
study advisors to help you.
The study advisors are responsible for cross-curricular counselling. They play an
important role in the study career counselling offered by our faculty, but you can
certainly also contact them on your own initiative. It goes without saying that all
matters remain confidential.

Make the most of your study advisor for:


– personal guidance from start to finish with a study advisor;
– an analysis of your interests, talents and ambitions (personal profile and labour
market);
– choosing your specialization, optional courses, Master’s programme /
specialization, Honours path, 2nd study programme, etc.;
– choosing specific activities, e.g. study period abroad, board membership,
internship;
– improving your study method, exam preparation, planning, thesis, etc.;
– support in the event of personal problems or hindrances;
– advice in the event of problems with the curriculum, sexual harassment,
problems with a supervisor, etc.

You should contact the study advisors as soon as possible if you are experiencing
personal problems such as illness, disability, family circumstances, or dyslexia, for
example. They will be able to advise you on special types of assistance and will help
you to compile an adapted study programme.

Office hours
– For straightforward questions: telephone office hour and
http://www.rug.nl/feb/studentsupport.
– Personal interview by appointment (usual duration: +/- 30 minutes): via the
Student Support Desk at the Student Plaza. See A11 and the faculty website for
contact details.

30
General Information

A4.5 University Student Desk


Students can go to the University Student Desk (USD) with questions about
admission, enrolment, registration and deregistration, fixed intake programmes,
study choice, study delay and funding. If the USD cannot help you, they will refer
you on to the Student Service Centre or another body.

You can also consult the knowledge base at http://www.rug.nl/insandouts if you


have questions about these or other issues. If you do not find an answer to your
question, just click the contact button to send an e-mail.

Contact details and opening hours of the USD can be found at: www.rug.nl/usd.

A4.6 The Student Service Centre


Students can go to the Student Service Centre (SSC) for all support issues not met by
the faculty. The SSC offers training programmes, courses and workshops in the field
of study skills, discussions with the psychological counselling service or with a
student counsellor.

The student counsellors specialize in financial matters, registration and


deregistration, fixed intake programmes, study choice, studying with a performance
disability and complaints and appeal procedures. In the event of study delay of more
than 15 ECTS credit points due to extraordinary circumstances, it is essential to make
appointments with a student counsellor in order to qualify for support from the
Graduation Fund. More information can be found on: www.rug.nl/studievertraging

The student psychologists can help with problems relating to matters such as
studying, social contacts, relationship with parents, making decisions, stress and
anxiety, depression and assertiveness problems. Support is provided in the form of a
short series of individual sessions. Group activities, such as assertiveness training
and short series of group therapy sessions, are also offered.

The SSC has a wide range of training programmes, courses and workshops in the
field of studying successfully and personal development. They include developing
academic writing skills, effective studying and coping with stress or fear of failure.
You can find more information about the range on www.rug.nl/ssc

You can also consult the knowledge base at www.rug.nl/insandouts if you have
questions about these or other issues. If you do not find an answer to your question,
just click the contact button to send an e-mail.
You can find the contact details and opening hours of the SSC at: www.rug.nl/ssc

31
Student Handbook 2010-2011

A4.7 If you have doubts about your study programme


It’s possible that you’re disappointed in your degree programme. Maybe the
programme doesn’t match your interests after all or you’re finding the level too high.
If in doubt, please contact a study advisor. They can help you decide whether to
continue, to transfer to a different programme or to stop.

Deregistering or transferring to a different university degree programme


If, during the academic year, you want to transfer to a different study programme at
RUG or at another institution, it is wise to contact the study advisor or co-ordinator
of the programme in which you want to participate. It is not always possible to
transfer during the year, e.g. because of a Binding Study Advice or fixed intake
(numerus fixus). Transfer to another degree programme is via Studielink.
If you wish to stop studying altogether, you must deregister via Studielink too.
It is advisable to contact your study advisor before transferring. When deregistering,
make sure you have been properly advised concerning the consequences for your
student grant and your performance grant. The University Service Desk has a special
brochure on this matter.
For addresses, see section A11.

Transferring to a Higher Professional Education (HBO) degree programme


HBO programmes often have two intake dates. If you wish to transfer to a HBO
programme, you can begin the propaedeutic phase in September or February. You
should apply at least one month in advance to the relevant HBO institution, and
consult the study advisor there.

A4.8 Personal circumstances


During your studies you may suffer study delay as a result of extraordinary
circumstances (for example illness, disabilities, family circumstances, pregnancy or
dyslexia). You should always report study delay to your study advisor immediately.

In some cases, extraordinary circumstances may result in you exceeding the time
available to you for study finance. It is, however, possible to request financial
support from the Graduation Fund, thus enabling you to finance your studies for
longer.
You may qualify for financial support from the Graduation Fund if you report the
problem to your study advisor within four weeks of it arising. Students are responsible
for reporting study delay to the correct department within the specified time.
You must also report to the student counsellors at the Student Service Centre if your
delay may equate to 15 ECTS credit points or more. You must make an appointment
with a student counsellor in order to qualify for support from the Graduation Fund.
Report immediately!
More information about this regulation can be found on the Student Service Centre’s
website
htttp://www.rug.nl/studenten/studiebegeleiding/vertragingStudeerproblemen

32
General Information

and in the Students’ Charter website


http://www.rug.nl/studenten/regelingen/studentenstatuut .
See section A11 for address details.

A4.9 Adaptations to teaching and/or examinations


Sometimes personal circumstances necessitate adaptations to teaching or testing.
This usually involves:
– making certain facilities available (extra exam time, adapted exam material, etc.)
and/or
– permitting exceptions to the Teaching and Examination Regulations (OER);
– extracurricular individual examinations;
– different exam time or place;
– relaxation of study progress rules;
– replacement assignment for compulsory lectures or practical parts, etc.
Together with the study advisor, you can examine what is necessary, determine
which facilities you can use, which departures from the OER will be requested,
whether it is necessary to adapt your study pace or study planning, etc.

A4.10 Other possibilities for advice or support


For more intensive support and extensive advice you can also go to other people and
organizations in- and outside RUG: student counsellors, Study Support, student
psychologists, Handicap & Studie or the Confidential Advisor. Please check the
website for more information. If you have a specific question on this subject, please
contact a study advisor (see A4.4) or the University Student Desk (A4.6). For
addresses, see section A11.

When planning facilities, the University of Groningen makes every effort to take
account of the needs of students with a performance disability, chronic illness or
dyslexia. The most important university buildings all have wheelchair access. A
number of lecture rooms have an induction loop for the hard-of-hearing, and the
university library has facilities for students with a visual handicap.

33
Student Handbook 2010-2011

A5 Studying Abroad
To ‘be international’ is a defining characteristics of a modern higher education
institution, certainly in the field of economics and business. Both the university and
the faculty have recognized this and made internationalisation a main focus in their
long-term strategy.

Internationalisation makes the university a better place to study and work. Students
and staff are encouraged to mirror their own performance and ideas against those of
others. The work place and study environment becomes more diverse and interesting
to work in.

For students, internationalisation is an important aspect of their education. It


broadens their mind, not only in their academical but also in their personal
development. It also adds to their employability by increasing their attractiveness to
potential national and international employers.

A5.1 Exchange Office


The faculty of Economics and Business has many bilateral cooperation agreements
with universities both within and outside Europe. The aim of these agreements is to
promote the exchange of students and staff. Individual initiatives of students to give
their curriculum an international character are also stimulated.
The exchange office is part of the department Student Support and responsible for
sending outgoing students abroad and receiving incoming exchange students from
partner universities around the world.

Besides promoting and facilitating student/staff exchange, maintaining and


extending relationships with partner universities is another important activity of the
Exchange Office.

Besides an overview of partner universities/contract agreements, the Exchange


Office also has documentation available in the form of student reports and university
prospectuses. In the student Plaza (Crossing Borders unit) , you will find this
information.

For more information on studying abroad, please visit the Exchange Office website

See section A11 for contact details, opening hours and office hours.

Information regarding studying abroad is also available on the university website


www.rug.nl/studereninhetbuitenland.

34
General Information

A5.2 International Relations Office (BIS)


The International Relations Office contributes to the development of the University
of Groningen's overall strategy and internationalisation policy. Amongs its manifold
and diverse tasks are the management of projects in developing countries, in- and
outbound student mobility, international positioning, quality assessment, and
admissions. Its International Service Desk handles visa and work permits.
The BIS International Service Desk provides information on university-wide
programmes, such as exchanges with Australia, Canada, China, Japan and New
Zealand, VSB grants and grants relating to Cultural Accords.
See section A11 for contact details.

35
Student Handbook 2010-2011

A6 Graduating and Career Services

A6.1 Approval of the Bachelor’s degree programme


Your Bachelor’s degree programme must be approved at least four months before
you graduate (see Rules and Regulations, Article 12).
This will allow you time to take any additional examinations if your programme
does not meet the requirements. It is possible to amend the programme in
consultation with the Programme Director. You can apply for approval in
ProgressWWW. An instruction is available on the website.

A6.2 Approval of the Master’s degree programme


Your Master’s degree programme must be approved at least two months before you
graduate (see Rules and Regulations, Article 13). This will allow you time to take any
additional examinations if your programme does not meet the requirements. It is
possible to amend the programme in consultation with the Programme Director. You
can apply for approval in ProgressWWW. An instruction is available on the website.

A6.3 Request for propaedeutic certificate


Students need not submit a request for a propaedeutic certificate. Once the
administrative records are complete, it will be prepared automatically. You will
receive notification of the ceremony. Please report to the Student Support Desk if you
have met all requirements for receiving the propaedeutic certificate but have not
received notification. The date of the degree ceremony will be published on Nestor.

In case you wish to resit an exam, please contact the Student Support Desk
immediately after obtaining the last result(s) from your last exam(s). The production
of the Propaedeutic degree certificate will then be postponed.
To qualify for ‘Cum Laude’ distinction, all courses have to be passed during the first
round of examinations (no resits on your transcript of records). For more
information, see Art.5.10 (BSc) or 3.12 (MSc) of the Teaching and Examination
Regulations.

A6.4 Request for Bachelor’s degree certificate


There are two Bachelor's degree ceremonies per year. You can submit your
application for the Bachelor's degree certificate by means of the online application
form on www.rug.nl/feb/students up to
six weeks in advance.
You may only apply for participation in a degree certificate ceremony after your
study programme has been approved and after all results have been processed by the
Educational Administration. Make sure that any results obtained at other faculties

36
General Information

have also been included (this can be checked via Progress WWW). The dates of
degree ceremonies are published on Nestor.

A6.5 Request for Master’s degree certificate


There are a number of Master’s degree certificate ceremonies per year. You can
submit your application for the Master's degree certificate by means of the online
application form on www.rug.nl/feb/students up to
four weeks in advance.

You may only apply for participation in a degree certificate ceremony after your
study programme has been approved and after all results have been processed by the
Educational Administration. The degree certificate will be dated to the last working
day of the month in which the last result was achieved.
You must also upload your thesis to the University Digital Desk. Please consult the
faculty website. If you want to participate in a degree ceremony, you should check
the scheduled dates on the website and ask the Student Support Desk whether there
are still places available on the preferred date. Next, you should make an
appointment with your (final-)year supervisor (or the second supervisor). They will
want to attend your ceremony and say a few words.
NB: You will not automatically be deregistered as a student! You will need to do
this yourself in Studielink.

Master’s degree at the end of the academic year


The academic year runs from 1 September to 31 August. If you graduate in a given
academic year, all graduation-related matters must be settled by 1 October of the
next academic year. This means that:
– all results (including the mark of your final-year project) must have been
published in Progress;
– all results must have been obtained and registered within the period that you
were registered as a student at the RUG ;
– the application for approval of your study programme must have been handed in
and approved by the relevant programme director;
– your thesis has been uploaded;
– the request for your degree certificate must have been handed in.
If the Student Support Desk has not received all these documents by 1 October, they
may not be able to register you as ‘graduated’ for the previous academic year and
you may have to enrol again as a student (which may cause delays, a later
graduation date and extra costs).

A6.6 Science Shop


Want your final-year project to have some extra social interest and impact? Want an
interesting challenge alongside your degree programme? How about a research
project for the Science Shop – because Science Works!

37
Student Handbook 2010-2011

Students in search of a unique final-year project or a research internship can apply to


the Economics and Business Science Shop. The Science Shop conducts research on
request for all kinds of social organizations and businesses. Students from all
disciplines can choose a Science Shop project for their final-year project. There are
various setups: graduation assignments, paid research assignments and projects
where several students work on a single research theme (graduation groups), either
independent or integrated into the degree programmes. The time required also
varies. Theses are often published in the form of a report, often with a social impact
and sometimes leading to reactions, for example questions in parliament, in a
programme for TV Noord or Eén Vandaag, newspaper reports or interviews. You
can say then that your thesis has made an impact!
To qualify for a Science Shop project, you must satisfy the following conditions: you
must have completed at least two years of your Bachelor’s degree programme, be
interested in analysing social issues by means of theoretical concepts, have a good,
accessible style of writing, be interested or experienced in conducting applied
research and be able to work independently.

More information?
The list of available research projects is published on a mailing list for internships
and graduation projects at the Careers Office. If you’d like to be considered for a
science shop project, register on the Careers Office mailing list you can find on our
website: www.rug.nl/wewi/eb. You can of course also just drop in or send an e-mail
to one of the coordinators. See chapter A11 for the address details.

A6.7 Careers Office


It’s very important that you know what you want to achieve with your degree. A
thorough orientation on the labour market is thus indispensable. Don’t put this off
until the end of your degree is in sight – start in the early part of your degree
programmeso that the choices you have to make within the programme dovetail
with what you want to achieve. The Careers Office is the place to go for information
and help with arranging all kinds of matters to do with your career and internships
at home and abroad.

Career activities
The Careers Office coordinates activities in the field of careers and the national and
international labour market, for example Energy Internship and Career Plaza, Career
Carousel, Master and Career Fair, Recruitment Days. These events will be announced
via the Career Calendar.

Link between training and actual practice


A good crossover between training and actual practice increases your chances of a
good job. The Careers Office keeps the Programme Directors informed about the
requirements of the job market so that they can ensure that the degree programmes
include them.

38
General Information

Internships
Internships increase your chances on the job market and help you to apply the
theoretical parts of your degree to actual practice. The Faculty stimulates internships
and will support you in finding one via the facilities of the Careers Office:
– Mailing list of available internships
Would you like to be kept informed of our range of national and international
final-year internships and research projects? Subscribe to the mailing list on our
website.
– Online internship testimonials
Want to share your experiences, or are you curious about your fellow students’
internships? Via the online testimonials on our website students share and
provide internship experiences and tips.
– Final-year assignment contract
Once you’ve found an internship, you must have it approved by your thesis
coordinator. The next step is that all parties (host institution, Careers Office and
student) sign a final-year assignment contract. Standard contracts are available at
the Careers Office or can be downloaded from the site.

Talent & Career Center


One of the organisations with which the Careers Office cooperates is the Talent &
Career Center (TCC). They help you to make the step from studying to the labour
market and they help you to prepare yourself for your first job. The TCC holds an
Careers Office Hour once a week. Alongside this you can obtain a starter’s kit, career
advice sessions, workshops about networking, presentations, letters and CVs, and
training sessions about transferring to the career market. In addition, TCC organises
themed lectures – for example about working for the Government, working and
traineeships at the European Union, and Looking for work in the Netherlands and
abroad. They have also free copies of Intermeidiair Jaarboek and other free-of-
charges labour market guides. The lectures and workshops are announced in the
Career Calendar of the website of the Careers Office. For more information see
http://www.talentcareercenter.nl.

More information?
If you would like to know more about career and internships check our website
http://www.rug.nl/feb/career. For contact details, see A11.

39
Student Handbook 2010-2011

A7 Honours Bachelor’s programme


The University of Groningen aims to make its programmes interesting and valuable
for every student. The University therefore, has an Honours College for talented
students, which consists of an additional Bachelor’s programme. This programme is
specifically intended for a select group of students who are looking for extra
challenges in their studies. Completing the honours programme successfully results
in a distinction on your degree certificate. This improves your chances to be admitted
to Master’s programmes; and of course, it is also an asset to your CV. The
programme is set up in small work groups with intensive supervision by enthusiastic
lecturers. The honours programme of the FEB is in English.

When you as a FEB student are admitted to the Honours College, you follow the
standard courses of the Bachelor of your choice. In addition, you attend special
honours workshops and courses that deal with both research and practice in the field
of economics and/or business extensively. Together with your fellow students, you
will organize and participate in guest lectures, company visits and other activities.
Finally, you will follow, together with honours students from other faculties, a
number of broadening courses that have been developed especially for honours
students. The honours programme starts in the second semester of the first year and
is combined with your regular Bachelor’s programme. To be admitted, there is a
selection procedure. For more information, visit the following websites:
www.rug.nl/feb/excellenceallowed, and www.rug.nl/honours.

40
General Information

A8 Grants and other money matters

A8.1 Study costs policy


The University has a policy on study costs. The policy aims to control costs so that
the ‘study cost’ component does not exceed grant/loan budgets. The amount that
students are required to spend on study materials will therefore not exceed the
government grant. The standard sum for 2010-2011 is € 675. Each degree phase has a
cost ‘ceiling’ (standard sum × length of programme). The cost ‘ceiling’ for example:
– a Bachelor’s degree programme is (3 x € 675,-- =) € 2.025,--,
– an 1-year Master’s degree programme € 675,--,
– a 2-year Master’s degree programme (2 x € 675,--) € 1.350,--.

Sometimes it is not possible to avoid costs rising above this limit. In such cases it is
possible to apply to the Faculty Board for reimbursement of half the extra
expenditure on the basis of receipts submitted as proof. Sometimes another
arrangement may be possible.
You can submit your request for partial reimbursement of study costs to the Finances
& Financial Planning Office (see section A11 for adress details). You will need to
provide your name, address, student number and bank account or giro number.
Receipts for all study materials should be enclosed, and the details entered on a
spreadsheet (including the total) for each block. The figures must show that actual
expenditure exceeded the ceiling amount set by the government. Applications
without receipts etc. will not be considered.

A8.2 Performance-related grant


Students who enrol on a 3-year Bachelor’s and 1-year Master’s degree may be
entitled to a 4-year provisional performance-related grant. Student who enrol on a 2-
year accreditated Master’s degree, such ad the Research Master’s degree or the or
the Teacher Training Course Economics and Business Studies, instead of a 1-year
Master’s degree, may be entitled to an extra year provisional performance-related
grant. Subsequently you may be entitled to a 3-year interest-bearing loan.
If you graduate within ten years (the performance requirement), your loan will be
converted into a grant. The University Student Desk can provide more information
about this subject (www.rug.nl/usd).

A8.3 1st February rule


First-year students in higher education (HBO and WO) who cancel their
performance-related grants before 1st February can have their loan for the first five
months converted into a grant. In that case however, you
may not apply for a higher education student grant again during the same academic
year.

41
Student Handbook 2010-2011

If you have any questions please contact the University Student Desk
(www.rug.nl/usd).

A8.4 Graduation Fund


You must report your study delay due to extraordinary circumstances to the study
advisor within four weeks in order to qualify for financial support from the
Graduation Fund. See section A4.8 for more information.

A8.5 Emergency Fund


Are you facing unexpected major expenses which may result in an acute financial
emergency? The Emergency Fund offers help in the event of unexpected expenses
that you cannot afford and that you cannot be expected to be insured against.
Examples include expenses for certain types of psychotherapy, dyslexia treatment in
the Bachelor’s phase and specialized treatment for learning problems, costs of a diet,
dental treatment, special family circumstances or fire damage. Emergency Fund
requests must be sent in writing. Please contact the University Student Desk for more
information and application form.

42
General Information

A9 Quality assurance

A9.1 Teaching evaluations


The faculty operates a quality assurance system. This system ensures that all aspects
of the degree programmes are systematically checked and amended where
necessary. This means that:
– problems/deficiencies in a degree programme can be identified at an early stage;
– some of the preparation for reaccreditation and the related self-assessment has
already been done;
– teaching is of a high standard.
The quality assurance system comprises a number of evaluation instruments
including course evaluation, curriculum evaluation, curriculum audit and indicators.

Course evaluations
These are carried out online at the end of every study block. The results are
published on Nestor. Follow-up discussions are held between lecturers and
programme directors on the basis of the results.

Curriculum evaluations
An evaluation form is issued to all propaedeutic students halfway through their first
year and to all students who have gained their Bachelor’s or Master’s degree. The
results are published once a year (in May/June). Programme directors are responsible
for follow-up.

Curriculum audit
Every six years, a degree programme’s curriculum is reviewed by an internal
committee to see how the degree programme can be improved. The curriculum audit
is conducted in accordance with the accreditation requirements.

Indicators
Pass percentages are stated in all evaluation reports. In addition, enrolment, student
progress and graduation data about each degree programme are published on the
Nestor Community.

It is essential that students participate in the course and curriculum evaluations, both
for the faculty and for the students themselves. Completing the evaluation forms is
important, because:
– the feedback from the students who came before you has helped us improve the
programme you are now following; help us to maintain this trend;
– the results of course evaluations of previous years can help you determine which
optional courses or Master’s degree programme or profile you want to follow;

43
Student Handbook 2010-2011

– your opinion will help improve the quality of your programme, which is
important for you as well. Graduating from a high-quality faculty will increase
your chances on the labour market.
The results of each course evaluation are published in the Nestor community every
half semester, under Teaching Quality.
If you have any questions about teaching quality, you can send an e-mail to
eduqua.feb@rug.nl.

A9.2 Complaints
It is important to the Faculty that you enjoy your studies and that you complete them
successfully. If you have comments, suggestions and/or complaints about courses or
in general, do not keep them to yourself but make them known. There are various
ways of doing this, depending on the nature and seriousness of the matter.

– In by far the majority of instances, the best course is to establish personal contact
with those directly involved. The member of staff in question will usually prefer
to solve the problem with you himself. Thus, a complaint about a course can be
addressed best to the lecturer involved or the relevant secretariat.
– If your complaint concerns the organization of a course, for example timetables,
dates of examinations, the registration of results or the degree certificate
ceremony, then the best place to go is the Student Support Desk in the Plaza in
the Duisenberg Building. The staff at the Student Support Desk can direct you to
the right person and/or department.

If personal contact does not lead to the required result


It is possible that personal contact may sadly not lead to the required result. In that
case, please submit a complaint via our website: www.rug.nl/feb/studentsupport. The
website also has all the information you need about the Faculty regulations.

What happens to a complaint?


Your complaint or feedback will be dealt with by the head of Education and
Communication Services, who will contact the relevant person or department. Every
complaint will be treated as confidential. If necessary, the Faculty Board will be
informed. You will also be kept informed of any actions taken or agreements made.

If your problem cannot be solved this way, or it is more personal, then you can
approach a study advisor for a confidential discussion, or contact someone from
outside the Faculty, for example a student counsellor (Student Service Centre) or the
University Confidential Advisor. They can mediate or suggest other options, for
example by referring you to the Board of Examiners.

It is also a good idea to ask other students for advice. The student unions will also
want to know about your complaint. They can advise you or take up your complaint
for you.

44
General Information

A9.3 Confidential Advisor


If you experience undesirable conduct, stalking or unfair treatment, you can contact
the Confidential Advisor.

Further information is available on the website:


http://www.rug.nl/studenten/voorzieningen/vertrouwenspersoon/index.
See section A11 for adress details.

45
Student Handbook 2010-2011

A10 Facilities

A10.1 Libraries
The library of the Faculty of Economics and Business is situated on the second floor
of the Duisenberg Building, accessible via the stairs and lifts in the Plaza. The library
also houses the collection for the Faculty of Spatial Sciences.
Opening hours:
Monday to Thursday: 9 a.m. – 6.30 p.m.
Friday: 9 a.m. – 5 p.m.

The Economics of Taxation collection concerning the couurses related to fiscal and
leagl issues is located in the library at the Faculty of Law (Harmonie Building).
Opening hours:
Monday to Thursday: 9 a.m. – 9.30 p.m.
(9 a.m. - 5 p.m. during vacations)
Friday: 9 a.m. – 5 p.m.

The collection for Mathematics and IT is housed in the Mathematics and Natural
Sciences Faculty library (Bernoulliborg)
Opening hours:
Monday to Friday: 9 a.m. – 5 p.m.

The central University Library (UB) is open to all students. The University Library
houses various collections and also has reading rooms where students can study.
Opening hours:
Monday to Friday: 8.30 a.m. - 10 p.m.
Saturday and Sunday: 10 a.m. - 5.00 p.m.

See section A11 for address details.

A10.2 Computer facilities


Computer facilities for students include a number of PC rooms that can be used for
computer practicals for teaching and course-related purposes. These facilities are a
joint project of the Faculty Economics and Business and the Faculty of Spatial
Sciences. Technical support and maintenance has been outsourced to the Donald
Smits Center for Information Technology (CIT.
The number of computers has been increased from 230 to 310 this year. As the
second phase of the library is finished, another 50 computers will be added.

46
General Information

Who can use them?


Students who meet all the following requirements may use the PCs in the computer
rooms:
– they must be registered as a student (and thus have a valid student card) at the
University, either at the Faculty of Economics and Business or at the Faculty of
Spatial Sciences;
– they must be following a programme at one of the aforementioned teaching
institutions;
– they must use the PCs for study-related purposes only;

For some specific courses a number of PC’s are reserved in one of the computer
rooms. In that case the additional requirement is that the student must be a
participant of the course.

Students who do not fulfil all the above requirements are not entitled to use the PCs
and may be refused admission to the computer rooms.

Account
In order to be able to use the computer facilities, you need to have an account. The
Service Desk can provide you with one. Do not forget to bring your student card.

Opening hours
Main computer room Theaterzaal Monday to Friday 8.30 a.m.- 8.00 p.m.
Computer rooms Monday to Friday 8.30 a.m. - 5.00 p.m.,
unless they are required for lectures or practicals
Summer period (July-August) Monday to Friday 9.00 a.m. - 5.00 p.m.

Location
Rooms 46 and 146 (Theaterzaal, the large two-storey computer room, next to the
Service Desk, Landleven 1) are used as often as possible for open practical sessions.
The other rooms are used for traditional teaching.

House Rules
– Eating, drinking and smoking are prohibited in the computer rooms.
– Work areas should be left clean and tidy for the next user.
– It is forbidden to use mobile phones.

ICT Service Desk


Staff at the Service Desk can answer questions about computer use in the computer
rooms, Landleven 1, tel. 050-363 7222. Outside office hours you may contact the
central Service Desk, tel. 050-363 3232. The Service Desk can also provide assistance if
you have problems using a computer in one of the rooms during a course or practical
session. The Service Desk is located opposite the main computer room Theaterzaal.

47
Student Handbook 2010-2011

Opening hours Monday to Friday 8.30 a.m. to 5.00 p.m.


By phone Monday to Friday 8.30 a.m.to 10.00 p.m.
Saturday 10.00 a.m. to 6.00 p.m.

Software
Students can buy software at reduced rates via the Surfspot website. You can order
software on this site, which will be delivered to your home address.

Computer courses
In addition to courses in standard applications such as Word and Excel, a few CIT
courses specifically focus on the university community, such as SPSS and RefWorks.
You can even be awarded (extracurricular) credits for following the Programming in
C/C++ course. The computer courses are taught in the Zernikeborg (Nettelbosje 1).
Up-to-date course information is listed weekly in the notices section in the UK. You
can find more information about the Center for Information Technology, including
registration, on the website of CIT.

Internet
The university computer network enables students to access one of the world’s most
advanced networks with trouble-free connections to the major Dutch, European and
transatlantic networks. Students can use this feature in various ways, including via a
PC in a computer room in the faculty or in the University Library. You can also
access the university network via your own PC at home or in the university. You can
find more information about the Center for Information Technology, including
registration, on the website. For addresses, see section A11.

A10.3 Nestor
Nestor is the name of the Electronic Learning Environment (ELO) at the RUG. The
computer programme that is used to post course information on Nestor is called
Blackboard. You can use Nestor to download documents that lecturers make
available for the courses (assignments, slides, old exam papers). You can find
information about the weekly timetable, the literature you have to read, the lecturers
giving the courses, etc. Certain courses use Nestor to exchange ideas with the
lecturer and other students via e-mail, chat rooms and online discussions.

If your registration with the University Student Desk is in order, you will have
received a user name and password to use e-mail, Progress WWW (needed to
register for exams and courses) and Nestor. The password for Nestor is the same as
the password for e-mail and Progress WWW. Just log into Nestor with your student
number with an s in front: e.g. s1234567. Before you can work on the computers in
the PC rooms, you need to ask for an account at the CIT Service Desk.

48
General Information

The main requirement for using Nestor is that you register for your courses in
Progress WWW. Students must always register for examinations via
http://progresswww.nl/rug.

The internet address of Nestor is http://nestor.rug.nl. When you start up a computer


in the Theaterzaal or a PC room, the homepage is http://www.rug.nl/student. From
this page you can read your e-mails, view your exam results (in Progress WWW) and
access Nestor.

A10.4 Important information


Nestor is the faculty’s medium for important faculty news and announcements,
announcements about lectures, exams, registration deadlines, information sessions
and other ‘last-minute’ information for students.
In addition to Nestor, you should also check the Announcements section in the UK
(university newspaper) every week. The UK is published every Thursday and is
available at teaching locations. UK announcements are also posted on the Internet.
Once announcements have been published on Nestor and/or in the UK, students are
expected to be aware of them.

A10.5 Syllabus shop


Readers and lecture notes are on sale on the Plaza of the Duisenberg Building
(building 5412.0014). The shop is open daily between 8.30 a.m. and 5 p.m.

A10.6 Book sales


The Economics and Business student Faculty association (EBF) regularly organizes
booksales for its members. The association offers its members an average discount of
20%. Booksales take place at the start of each half-semester block. Students have to
order their books at least two weeks before the booksale at the website. Students are
informed well in advance about the details of booksales. Books are listed on and can
be ordered via the association’s website (and on www.rug.nl/ocasys/feb).

A10.7 Photocopying
Photocopiers, which work using a copy card, are located in various university
buildings. You can buy the cards from the Reproshop in the Duisenberg Building
(€ 3/€ 5/€ 10) or from the porters (€ 3 cards only).

49
Student Handbook 2010-2011

A11 Addresses
The most up-to-date information on telephone numbers, e-mail addresses and room
numbers of staff at the Faculty of Economics and Business can be found on the
internet.

A11.1 General
Visiting address: Duisenberg Building
Nettelbosje 2
Zernikecomplex, Paddepoel
9747 AE Groningen, The Netherlands
Postal address: P.O. Box 800
9700 AV Groningen
Telephone (050) 363 8900
Website http://www.rug.nl/feb

A11.2 Student Support Desk

Visiting address: Duisenberg Building


Nettelbosje 2
Zernikecomplex, Paddepoel
9747 AE Groningen, The Netherlands
Postal address: P.O. Box 800
9700 AV Groningen
Opening hours: Monday: 10.00 a.m. – 5.00 p.m.
Tuesday to Friday 9.00 a.m. – 5.00 p.m.
Telephone (050) 363 8900
Questions/information via: http://www.rug.nl/feb/studentsupport
Website http://www.rug.nl/feb

A11.3 Careers Office


Coordinator: Ms Elise Kamphuis MSc
Internship contracts: Student Support Desk
Telephone: (050) 363 7182
E-mail: careeroffice.feb@rug.nl
Website: http://www.rug.nl/feb/careeroffice

50
General Information

A11.4 Departmental and programme secretariats


Accountancy & Controlling Secretariat
Ms A.H.E. van de Voort- accountancy@rug.nl
Toisuta
Ms I.T.M. Wasser accountancy@rug.nl
Telephone: (050) 363 3768

Accounting Secretariat
Ms N.R. Kempa n.r.kempa@rug.nl
Ms I.J. Bakker i.j.bakker@rug.nl
Telephone: (050) 363 3814 / 3535

Business & ICT Secretariat


Ms D. van Lingen-Elzinga d.van.lingen-elzinga@rug.nl
Ms I. Ravenhorst i.ravenhorst@rug.nl
Telephone: (050) 363 3864 / 3438

Business Administration (Bachelor’s degree) Secretariat


Ms M.A. Gorter-Bruinsma m.a.gorter-bruinsma@rug.nl
Ms I.C. Wieringa-van der i.c.wieringa@rug.nl
Veen;
Telephone: (050) 363 7529 / 3679

Economics, Econometrics & Finance Secretariat


Ms E.M. Baars-Drent secr.ee.feb@rug.nl, tel. (050) 363 7018
Ms G. Pol g.pol@rug.nl, tel. (050) 363 3685
Ms E.T. Jelsema e.t.jelsema@rug.nl, tel. (050) 363 3685

Human Resource Management Secretariat


Ms C.R. Teuben c.r.teuben@rug.nl
Ms H.I. Meijer h.i.meijer@rug.nl
Telephone: (050) 363 4288

Innovation Management & Strategy Secretariat


Ms K. van Brummelen k.van.brummelen@rug.nl
Ms A.M.C. Cordes a.m.c.cordes@rug.nl
Ms J.M. Wiersema j.m.wiersema@rug.nl
Telephone: (050) 363 3543 / 6543 / 4111

51
Student Handbook 2010-2011

International Business and Management Secretariat


Ms J. Hill secr.ibm.feb@rug.nl
Ms S.I. Luiken secr.ibm.feb@rug.nl
Ms L.J. Romp secr.ibm.feb@rug.nl
Telephone: (050) 363 3458

International Economics & Business Secretariat


Ms H.C.W.E. v.d. Vleuten secr.ieb.feb@rug.nl
Telephone: (050) 363 3716

Law Secretariat
Ms A.M.C. Cordes a.m.c.cordes@rug.nl
Telephone: (050) 363 3453

Marketing Secretariat
Ms H.G. Tamling h.g.tamling@rug.nl
Ms F.G. Fokkens f.g.fokkens@rug.nl
Telephone: (050) 363 7065 or (050) 363 3686

MSc Teaching Economics & Business Studies


Mr. G. Hoevers a.w.g.hoevers@rug.nl
Mr. L. Wouda l.wouda@rug.nl
Telephone: (050) 363 3738 (Monday, Wednesday and Thursday)

Operations Secretariat
Ms L.L. Henriquez- l.l.henriquez-peterson@rug.nl
Peterson
Ms R. Kooi-Kamphuis secr.operations.feb@rug.nl
Ms M.J. Meijer secr.operations.feb@rug.nl
Ms E.M. Flikkema-Spithoff secr.operations.feb@rug.nl
Telephone: (050) 363 7491 / 7020

Technology Management Secretariat


Ms N. van de Beek n.van.de.beek@rug.nl
Telephone: (050) 363 3921 (Monday, Tuesday, Thursday, Friday)

52
General Information

A11.5 Board of Examiners


Secretary: Ms M.C. Christen-Schiere LLM
(all courses excl MSc BA and MSc A&C)
Secretary: Dr T.A. Marra
(MSc BA and MSc A&C))
Postal address: P.O. Box 800
9700 AV Groningen
The Netherlands

A11.6 Research
Science Shop
Coordinators: Ms M. Lubbers
P. van Kampen
Dr F. J. Sijtsma
Secretary Mr. H.W. Janssen
Opening hours: Monday to Thursday 9.00 a.m. – 5.00 p.m,
Friday 9.00 a.m. – 12.00 p.m.
Telephone: (050) 363 3810 / 7182 / 3754
E-mail: ebwinkel@rug.nl
Internet: http://www.rug.nl/wewi/eb

SOM, Research organization


Research coordinator: Ms Rina Koning
Telephone: (050) 363 3815 (secretary: 7068)
E-mail: a.c.koning@rug.nl
Website: http://www.rug.nl/feb/onderzoek/organisatie/index

A11.7 Repro Shop and Syllabus Shop


Opening hours: Monday to Friday 8.30 a.m. – 12.30 p.m.
1.00 p.m. – 5.00 p.m.
Telephone: (050) 363 4626

A11.8 Finances & Financial Planning Office


Opening hours: Monday to Friday 9.00 a.m. – 4.00 p.m.
Postal address: P.O. Box 800, 9700 AV Groningen, The Netherlands
E-mail: fin.feb@rug.nl

53
Student Handbook 2010-2011

A11.9 Libraries
University Library
Visiting address: Broerstraat 4
Postal address: P.O. Box 559, 9700 AN Groningen
Telephone: (050) 363 5020
Website: http://www.rug.nl/bibliotheek/locaties/ub

Economics, Business Studies and Spatial Sciences Library


Visiting address: 2nd floor of Duisenberg Building, Zernike Complex
Postal address: P.O. Box 800, 9700 AV Groningen, The Netherlands
Telephone: (050) 363 3708
E-mail: biblio.ebr@rug.nl
Website: http://www.rug.nl/bibliotheek/locaties/bibebr

Law Faculty Library


Visiting address: Oude Kijk in ‘t Jatstraat 26 (Harmonie Complex)
Postal address: P.O. Box 716, 9700 AN Groningen, The Netherlands
Telephone: (050) 363 5663
E-mail: bibliotheek-rechten@rug.nl
Website: http://www.rug.nl/bibliotheek/locaties/bibrechten

Mathematics and Natural Sciences Faculty Library


Visiting address: Nijenborgh 9 (Bernoulliborg)
Postal address: P.O. Box 407, 9700 AK Groningen, The Netherlands
Telephone (050) 363 4126
E-mail: bibliotheekfwn@rug.nl
Website: http://www.rug.nl/bibliotheek/locaties/bibfwn/index

A11.10 Donald Smits Center for Information Technology (CIT)


Visiting address: Nettelbosje 1, Zernike complex
Postal address: P.O. Box 11044, 9700 CA Groningen.
Telephone Service Desk: (050) 363 7222
E-mail Service Desk: servicedesk.zernike@rug.nl
Website: http://www.rug.nl/cit/servicedesk
Telephone Secretariat: (050) 363 9200
E-mail Secretariat: secretariaat-cit@ rug.nl
Website: http://www.rug.nl/cit

54
General Information

A11.11 Central Bodies


University Student Desk
Visiting address: Broerstraat 5, Groningen
Opening hours: 10 a.m. - 4 p.m.
Postal address: P.O. Box 72, 9700 AB Groningen, The Netherlands
Telephone: (050) 363 8004.
E-mail: csb@rug.nl
Questions/information via: http://www.rug.nl/insandouts
Website: http://www.rug.nl/usd

Centre for Study Support and Academic Skills - Student Service Centre
Visiting address: Uurwerkersgang 10, Groningen
Postal address: P.O. Box 72, 9700 AB Groningen, The Netherlands
Telephone: (050) 363 5548
E-mail: y.m.robert@rug.nl
Website: http://www.rug.nl/ssc

Student Psychologists - Student Service Centre


Visiting address: Uurwerkersgang 10, Groningen
Postal address: P.O. Box 72, 9700 AB Groningen, The Netherlands
Telephone: (050) 363 5544
E-mail: studentenpsychologen@rug.nl
Website: http://www.rug.nl/ssc

Student Councellors - Student Service Centre


Visiting address: Uurwerkersgang 10, Groningen
Postal address: P.O. Box 72, 9700 AB Groningen, The Netherlands
Telephone: (050) 363 8066
E-mail: csb@rug.nl
Website: www.rug.nl/ssc

Office for International Relations (BIS) / International Service Desk


Visiting address: Broerstraat 5, Groningen
Postal address: P.O. Box 72, 9700 AB Groningen, The Netherlands
Opening hours: 1 p.m. – 4 p.m.
Telephone: (050) 363 8181
E-mail: isd@rug.nl
Website: www.rug.nl/isd

Board of Appeal for Examinations


Postal address: P.O. Box 72, 9700 AB Groningen, The Netherlands
Telephone: (050) 363 5439
Website: http://www.rug.nl/Bureau/expertisecentra/abjz/abjz/producten/cbe

55
Student Handbook 2010-2011

Talent and Career Center


Visiting address: Munnekeholm 2
Postal address: P.O. Box 7117, 9701 JC Groningen, The Netherlands
Opening hours: 10 a.m. to 4 p.m.
Tel.: (050) 311 1589
E-mail: infor@talentcareercenter.nl
Website: http://www.talentcareercenter.nl

RUG Confidential Advisor


Address: Visserstraat 47, 9712 CT Groningen
Telephone: (050) 363 5435
E-mail: j.m.dam@rug.nl (confidential advisor) or
a.m.wildeboer-baar@rug.nl (secretariat)
Website: www.rug.nl/studenten/voorzieningen/vertrouwenspersoon

56
General Information

A12 Student organizations and societies

A12.1 Introduction
You have come to Groningen to study, but there is much more to it than that.
Successful studying also depends on a pleasant and effective social network. There
are lots of ways you can quickly build up a social network: join one of the Student
Societies (Vindicat, Albertus, Dizkartes, etc.), a sports club, a student organization or
one of the faculty student societies.
You can gain very good organizational and management experience in a student
organization or society – or through one of their internships. Such ‘investments’ will
be a great help later when you are looking for a job. Bear in mind, though, that our
faculty will not make allowances for the demands of these societies. For example,
you only get one chance a year to participate in practicals. Certain types of committee
work may be partially financially subsidized (see the Students’ Charter on the
website http://www.rug.nl/studenten/regelingen/studentenstatuut : chapter on
financial support, particularly the ‘Graduation Fund’).

A12.2 Economics and Business Student Association (EBF)


The Economics and Business Student Association in Groningen is the student society
for students at the Faculty of Economics and Business at the University of Groningen.
The EBF (Economische en Bedrijfskundige Faculteitsvereniging in Dutch) currently
has around 4,300 members of which about 160 take an active role in the society. The
Association’s aim is to support and promote the academic, professional and person
development of her members. EBF endeavours to attain this aim by organising
activities which are an extension of the different degrees offered by the Faculty.
Alongside these, other activities are organised which bridge the gap between theory
and practice in order to prepare the student for the labour market.

EBF organises, amongst other things, the following activities:


– EBF Conference
The EBF Conference is a large two-day conference with around 750 participants.
The first day has an acedemic focus the second day is filled with keynote
speakers, masterclasses and workshops with an Economic and Business bent.
– International Business Research (twice a year)
Every year two International Business Research trips are organized to an
'emerging market' outside. In both projects a group of 20 participant and 5
members of the executive board take part. This group is guided by two mentors
of the Faculty Economics and Business. Besides the preliminary survey in the
Netherlands the participants will do research for Dutch companies in the counrty
of destination. On the one hand for students this is an unique opportunity to put
theory into practice and to get acquainted with companies in other cultures. On
the other hand for companies it offers the opportunity to conduct qualitative

57
Student Handbook 2010-2011

exalted research against cost-price.


The goal of the research is to enlarge the knowledge and the experience with
conducting research for the participants. The researches itself are organized by
two executive boards, existing of five students. They are engaged in selling the
researches to Dutch companies, the travel plan, the participants selection and the
participants programme. This programme consists of workshops, guest lectures,
a literature study (and a language course) and contributes to a solid preparation
of the participants for there research.
– European Study Research (twice a year)
Each ESR visits a large European city. The aim of these trips is a week-long
research project in the chosen city, where (amongst other things) various
multinationals are visited. There is a preparatory programme, related to the
degree course, which takes place before each trip.
– Consultancy Game
The Consultancy Game offers students the chance to become acquainted with the
field of ‘consultancy’. Because this field is quite wide-ranging, this activity takes
place over two days: the first revolves around ‘strategic consultancy’ and the
second focuses on ‘management consultancy’. Both days comprise lectures and
talks after which participants deal with and solve a scenario case.
– Booksale & Summaries
Students can purchase their textbooks via EBF and receive a discount of 20%.
Books can be easily ordered from the website of the EBF and collected at the
beginning of the semester. Alongside this, EBF also produces summaries of most
courses.
– Freshmen Symposium
The Freshmen Symposium aims to introduce first- and second-year students to
the practical side of their degree programme theory at the beginning of their
academic career. At the Symposium presentations which deal with the
applications of the various Bachelor programmes are given by academics active
in the business world, in academia or in government.
– International Symposium
The International Symposium is the English brother of the Freshmen Symposium.
It aims to introduce first- and second-year students to the practical side of their
degree programme theory at the beginning of their academic career. At the
Symposium presentations which deal with the applications of the various
Bachelor programmes are given by academics active in the business world, in
academia or in government.
– Leadership Panel
On a number of occasions throughout the year, lectures are given by a prominent
speaker from the buisness world of the government. In previous years this
lecture has been given by, for example, Gerrit Zalm, Prins Maurits van Oranje,
Nout Wellink, Anthony Ruys, Laurens-Jan Brinkhorst, Mark Rutte, Roel Pieper,
Jozias van Aartsen, Dirk Scheringa and Arthur Docters van Leeuwen.

58
General Information

– Business Class
A few times each year a speaker from the business world delivers a guest lecture
connected to one of the degree programmes at the Faculty. These guest lectures
are especially focused upon practical examples of theory which appear during
that course. Henk Kesler, chairman of KNVB, is one of the most recent speakers.

For more information: EBF, P.O. Box 800, 9700 AV Groningen, telephone: (050) 363
7301, e-mail: info@ebfgroningen.nl, website: www.ebfgroningen.nl.

EBF has three sub-associations for students with a particular specialization. These
sub-associations organise activities for students which are particularly geared to
those fields.

MARUG
MARUG is a student society for students interested in marketing that gives you the
chance to experience marketing in practice.

MARUG:
– Organizes various marketing events – for example the Marketing Student
Congress, Commercial Break!, Super Marketing Game, Master Marketing
Activities, Marketing Classes, Recruitment Dinners, the Recruitment Days and
the National Marketing competition;
– Maintains contact with over 30 multinationals;
– Publishes the scientific marketing magazine Markant;
– Helps you deepen your study;
– Provides committee experience.

For more information about these events and the latest MARUG news, please visit
the website: http://www.marug.nl. Would you like to organize one of these
activities? Just get in touch with us. If you have any questions do not hesitate to mail
at info@marug.nl or drop by our office: Interimgebouw 123, tel. (050) 363 7014.

Risk
Risk is the financial student society of FEB. It is a subsociety of the faculty society
EBF.
Risk organizes activities for the financially-minded student, mainly from the Finance,
Organizational and Management Control, Accountancy & Controlling and
International Financial Management spheres. Risk is a professional and enterprising
society that organizes high-quality, relevant activities in the fields of finance and
economics. The aim of Risk is to bridge the gap between theory and practice for its
members. The following are examples of Risk activities:

59
Student Handbook 2010-2011

– Risk Finance Symposium


– Risk Accountancy Week
– Risk Accountancy and Controlling Events
– Risk Congress
– Risk International Financial Program
– Risk Dutch Banking Tour
– Risk Investment Day
– Risk Accountancy Tour
– Risk Cycle of Finance & Control
– Risk Accountant and Controller for a day
– Risk Magazine (5x per year)
– Risk Investors’ Evenings
Information: Financiele Studievereniging Risk, Interimgebouw 0004, P.O. Box 800,
9700 AV Groningen. Tel. 050-3637306, Fax. 050-3633787, e-mail:
bestuur@verenigingrisk.nl, website: http://www.verenigingrisk.nl.

VESTING
VESTING is especially for students of Econometrics and Operations Research. The
aim of the organization is to bridge the gap between theory and practice in the field
of econometrics and related fields. It also aims to promote contact between members
and offer them the opportunity to develop organizational skills.
Activities include:
– a symposium;
– a trip abroad;
– excursions;
– lectures and receptions;
– informal activities such as the VESTING Introduction Camp, drinks receptions, a
sport competition and the Sailing Camp;
– national activities such as the LEVT (national Econometrists Football/Volleyball
tournament) and the LED (national Econometrists Day) (large symposium;
– book sales for students of the Bachelor’s degree programme in Econometrics and
the Master’s degree programme in Econometrics, Operations Research and
Actuarial Studies;
– VESTING journal 'GAXEX'.
Information: VESTING, P.O. Box 800, 9700 AB Groningen, tel. (050) 363
7062, fax: (050) 363 7208, e-mail: info@devesting.nl, website:
http://www.devesting.nl.

A12.3 Groningen Fiscal Students’ Society (GFE)


The Groningen Fiscal Student’s Society is for anyone studying Fiscal Law and/or
Economics of Taxation at the University of Groningen. The society was founded in
1982. Every year the GFE organizes various events, for example a Symposium, an
Office Day, a trip abroad, and publish an almanac. Once a month the GFE organizes

60
General Information

a drinks party to drink a few beers. This is not only fun, it also gives you the chance
to meet your fellow students and network with various offices.
In addition, the GFE is represented on the curriculum committees for Economics of
Taxation and Fiscal Law. Please go to our website for more information:
http://www.gfe.nl.

A12.4 Pro Memorie


Pro Memorie is the student society for Accountancy & Controlling students at RUG.
The aim of the society is to promote the involvement of and mutual contact between
students of the degree programme in Accountancy & Controlling, as well as to
support students of Accountancy & Controlling in their search for a future
profession, in the widest sense.
Pro Memorie aims to be a valuable addition to the degree programme for students of
Accountancy & Controlling. By organizing both content-related and entertainment
activities, Pro Memorie aims to be accessible to students and to increase the
involvement of its members. An additional aim is to stimulate students to choose the
Accountancy & Controlling programme and to successfully complete it. Pro
Memorie is the link between students, the university and business and aims to attend
to the wishes of its interest groups as best as possible.

It organizes the following activities.

Content-related activities:
– Pro Memorie Congress
– MAK symposium
– In-house Days in Utrecht
– In-house Days in Amsterdam
– Participation on ‘NIVRA Accountantsdag’
– Controlling Summit
– Soft Skills Seminar
– Lectures and receptions

Social activities:
– Second-year activity
– Active Members Days
– Alumni days

General activities:
– Information activities
– Pro Memorie Magazine (4x per year)
– It also offers study support facilities like free Tax Law publications, ‘de
Accountant’, ‘Accountancynieuws’ and ‘Financieel Management’ (specialist
journals) at significantly reduced rates

61
Student Handbook 2010-2011

Information: Pro Memorie Student Society, e-mail: bestuur@pro-memorie.com,


website: http://www.pro-memorie.com.

A12.5 Quest
Quest was launched under the slogan ‘Stop consuming, get concerned!’ in early 2005.
Quest is short for ‘Quality of Education for Students’ and represents the students of
the Faculty of Economics and Business. The quality of education is something that
concerns both faculty and students, which is why Quest is proactively involved with
teaching quality. The aim is to prevent and handle complaints and contribute to
teaching quality by participating in the process of thinking about it. Through their
year representatives, students can provide feedback about the courses they’ve
followed.
Quest also has regular contact and meetings with various people and organizational
bodies within the faculty, amongst which the student faculty association EBF, the
advising student member on the faculty board, Programme Committees, the Faculty
Council and the Vice-Dean for Education from the faculty board.
In addition, Quest assists those students who sit on the official faculty bodies, the
Curriculum Committees and student members of the Faculty Council. These bodies
are important sources for feedback about teaching and represent the students in
discussions about matters concerning study programmes. If you would like to
contribute to the quality of teaching, you can become a member of one of the faculty
bodies.

For further information:


Quest, Landleven 5, 9747 AD Groningen. Tel.: (050) 363 3703, e-mail:
info.quest@ebfgroningen.nl. Visiting address: Interim building, room 020.

A12.6 Alumni
So you’ve got your Bachelor’s or Master’s degree? Now what? Now you’re an
alumnus!
From the moment you apply for your Bachelor’s or Master’s degree, the University
considers you to be an alumnus, even if you continue to study at the University of
Groningen. You automatically become a member of the Alumni Foundation – Alumni
Economie en Bedrijfskunde Groningen (AEB Groningen). The Foundation organizes a
host of activities, together with the Faculty and EBF, such as drinks parties, lectures,
symposia and visits to businesses. You will also receive a newsletter keeping you up
to date on developments at your former Faculty and about your fellow alumni.

Should you wish, you may also become a Foundation donor, besides a member.
Doing so will give you discounts or free entry to activities, discounts for all kinds of
courses organized by the Faculty’s expertise centres, and you will also receive the
EBF magazine Prospect four times a year.

62
General Information

Another project in which alumni are involved is the organization of guest lectures
that are given for Bachelor’s programme courses. Students approach alumni with the
request to find speakers for one or more guest lectures. Alumni are also becoming
increasingly important in providing students with information through testimonials
in leaflets and on the website. Therefore, the faculty certainly hopes to keep in touch
after you graduate. If you would like to organize something as an alumnus, please
do so! The Alumni Secretariat can provide assistance.

For more information and an overview of activities, please see:


www.rug.nl/feb/alumni or e-mail the Alumni Officer: febalumni@rug.nl.

63
Student Handbook 2010-2011

Part B Bachelor’s degrees

B1 BSc Econometrics and Operations Research

B1.1 Programme description


Director & Coordinator: Prof. M.H. van der Vlerk, m.h.van.der.vlerk@rug.nl, 050-
3633816
Secretary: Mrs E.M. Baars-Drent, secr.ee.feb@rug.nl, 050-3637018
Study advisor(s): Student Support Desk,
http://www.rug.nl/feb/studentsupport/bachelorstudent (for information, questions
or appointments)

Objectives and content


The Bachelor of Science programme Econometrics and Operations Research (EOR)
concerns the modelling approach to the description and analysis of issues from
economics, management and related areas. The main objectives of the programme
are obtaining knowledge about the most important models presently in use,
acquiring the necessary background in mathematics and statistics and developing a
research-oriented attitude. Training of the ability to translate the findings of this
modelling approach to results relevant for the application area is an integrated part
of the programme.
To reach these objectives, in the first year and in the first part of the second year the
focus is on mathematics and statistics. Other subjects in the first two years are
introductory courses for the main areas of economics and programming. The
mainstreams of the programme are treated in the second and third year: operations
research, actuarial science, econometrics and mathematical economics. The final
semester of the programme consists on the one hand of a bachelor thesis as a
conclusion of the bachelor programme, and on the other hand of the opportunity to
prepare the student for one of the profiles of the master programme Econometrics,
Operations Research and Actuarial Studies. Elective courses offer the opportunity to
broaden one’s knowledge of the economic application areas.
To establish a connection between the scientific nature of the programme and the
working environment of the EOR bachelor, case studies play an important role in the
programme.
Following part of the programme at a university abroad is encouraged. The
programme aims at both Dutch and foreign students. The language of the
programme is English. First year students follow an English course to ensure that
their English language skills are at the required level.

Career prospects
Job perspectives for EOR remain very good. Banks, insurance companies and
consultancy firms have good offers. In addition, the more traditional employers like
the CBS and the government continue to hire econometricians. By further study and

64
Bachelor’s degrees

specialization, for instance by completing a master programme, one can aim for a
more research oriented career, for instance a PhD student at a university. This does
not have to be restricted to a subject in the area of econometrics, operations research,
actuarial science, mathematical economics or statistics, but it could also be in
economics, management, logistics, or one of the social sciences.

B1.2 Degree programme


C = Compulsory; E = Elective; EG = Elective Group; lang = language; courses marked
with ** may be taken in other periods. See the course description in Ocasys for more
details.

Programme: BSc Econometrics and Operations Research/EOR


Year: 1
Profile: core programme BSc EOR

sem course title code EC C/E lang


1.1-2 English for EOR EBP002B05 5 C EN
1.1-2 OR Modelling EBP821B05 5 C EN
1.1 Mathematics I for EOR EBP011B05 5 C EN
1.1 Microeconomics I for EOR EBP841A05 5 C EN
1.2 Mathematics II for EOR EBP012B05 5 C EN
1.2 Probability Theory EBP014A05 5 C EN
2.1 Marketing for EOR EBP010B05 5 C EN
2.1 Multivariate Analysis EBP013A05 5 C EN
2.1 Sampling and Estimation EBP015A05 5 C EN
2.2 Finance I for E&BE/EOR EBP801A05 5 C EN
2.2 Hypothesis Testing EBP016A05 5 C EN
2.2 Statistical Modelling EBP008A05 5 C EN

Programme: BSc Econometrics and Operations Research/EOR


Year: 2
Profile: core programme BSc EOR

sem course title code EC C/E lang


1.1 Linear Algebra and Convexity EBB851B05 5 C EN
1.1 Programming I for EOR EBB859A05 5 C EN
1.1 Statistics IIa for EOR EBB876A05 5 C EN
1.2 Difference- & Differential Equations EBB812A05 5 C EN
1.2 Introduction to Operations Research EBB829A05 5 C EN
1.2 Macroeconomics I for EOR EBB027A05 5 C EN
2.1 Finance Theory and Modelling EBB825A05 5 C EN
2.1 Introduction to Mathematical Economics EBB830A05 5 C EN

65
Student Handbook 2010-2011

2.1 Statistics IIb for EOR EBB877A05 5 C EN


2.2 Introduction to Actuarial Science EBB827A05 5 C EN
2.2 Introduction to Econometrics EBB828A05 5 C EN
2.2 Programming II for EOR EBB860A05 5 C EN

Programme: BSc Econometrics and Operations Research/EOR


Year: 3
Profile: core programme BSc EOR

sem course title code EC C/E lang


1.1 Game Theory EBB872A05 5 C EN
1.1 Quantitative Finance EBB839A05 5 C EN
1.1 Stochastic Models EBB878A06 6 C EN
1.2 Dynamic Econometrics EBB813A07 7 C EN
1.2 Risk Insurance EBB863A07 7 C EN
2.1-2 Bachelor’s Thesis EOR EBB925A10 10 C EN
2.1-2 elective BSc EOR (see list) 5 C EN
2.1-2 suitable course(s) FEB (s.t. approval) 15 C EN

Programme: BSc Econometrics and Operations Research/EOR


Year: 3
Profile: electives BSc EOR

sem course title code EC C/E lang


2.1-2 Spec. Course Applied Operations Research EBB888A10 10 E EN
2.1-2 Spec. Course Microeconometrics EBB880B10 10 E EN
2.1 Spec. Course Generalized Linear Models EBB883A05 5 E EN

B1.3 Course Substitutions BSc Econometrics and Operations Research


Students who first enrolled in the BSc Econometrics in 2007-2008 or before and who
have not yet completed the propaedeutic phase should refer to the course
substitution regulations as provided in the Student Handbook 2009-2010.

Students who first enrolled in the BSc Econometrics in 2007-2008 or before and who
have not yet completed the second year should choose the following course
substitution regulations:

66
Bachelor’s degrees

Course substitutions 2010-2011 BSc Econometrics and Operations Research


(2nd year)
Old programme Substitution courses Course codes
(2nd year 2008-2009) 2010-2011 2010-2011
Matrices, Graphs, Convexity (4 EC, Linear Algebra and EBB851B05
EWB051A04) Convexity (5 EC)
Marketing I for Econometrics (6 EC, Macroeconomics I for EOR EBB027A05
EWB048A06) (5 EC)
Finance Theory and Modelling (6 Finance Theory and EBB825A05
EC, EWB025A06) Modelling (5 EC)
Statistics IIb for Econometrics (4 EC, Statistics IIb for EBB877A05
EWB077A04) Econometrics (5 EC)

Students who first enrolled in the BSc Econometrics in 2007-2008 or before and who
have not yet completed the third year will have two opportunities to complete any
expired course from the year 2009-2010 during the academic year 2010-2011. They are
also allowed to choose the following course substitutions:

Course substitutions 2010-2011 BSc Econometrics and Operations Research


(3rd year)
Old programme Substitution courses Course codes
(3rd year 2009-2010) 2010-2011 2010-2011
AVV (5 EC) suitable course(s) FEB (s.t.
approval) (5 EC)
Spec. Course Microeconometrics Spec. Course EBB880B10
(5 EC, EBB880B05) Microeconometrics (10 EC)
NB:
– A bachelor programme comprises at least 180 ECTS credits.
– Each individual programme needs to contain both a Marketing and a
Macroeconomics course, either in the first or in the second year.
– If the transition programme comprises less than 60 ECTS by 1 or 2 EC, this can be
compensated by extending the bachelor’s thesis.
– In cases not covered by the above, the Programme Director shall take the final
decision.

67
Student Handbook 2010-2011

B1.4 Rules and choices


Rules and choices BSc Econometrics and Operations Research
1st year information meeting October
Admission requirements for the Propaedeutic exam in Econometrics and
post-propaedeutic phase Operations Research or Econometrics.
Admission from other programmes is possible
under certain conditions; see section 3 of the
BSc OER
Provisional admission to the post- ≥ 40 ECTS credits obtained from the
propaedeutic phase, in the 2nd year propaedeutic programme.
of enrolment
N.B. As of 1 September 2010 this Bachelor’s
degree programme will be subject to a Binding
Study Advice (BSA). See Section 7 of the BSc
OER and/or par. A4.1 of the Student
Handbook.
BSc course prerequisites See the course descriptions in Ocasys.
Bachelor’s Thesis prerequisites Propaedeutic exam and at least 60 ECTS credits
from the post-propaedeutic programme.
BSc programme approval Students can apply for approval in Progress.
Instructions are available on the internet.
MSc information meeting November and April/May

Follow-on Master’s degree MSc Econometrics, Operations and Actuarial


programmes Studies (EORAS),
MSc Teaching Economics and Business (in
Dutch).

(Other MSc Degree programmes: consult the


Admissions Board.)
Admission requirements for MSc Bachelor’s degree in Econometrics and
EORAS Operations Research or Econometrics
Provisional admission to MSc ≥ 165 ECTS credits of the bachelor’s degree
EORAS (for a maximum period of programme (for students who first enrolled in
six months, which can be extended September 2008 or later: including Bachelor’s
once by six months; for students Thesis), and
enrolled before September 2008 the sufficient command of English
maximum period is 12 months; (see art. 4.1 of the MSc OER).
see art. 4.8 of the MSc OER)
Some master’s courses may have additional
prerequisites. See the course descriptions in
Ocasys.

68
Bachelor’s degrees

N.B. As of September 2011, the provisional


admission will probably be abolished.
Planning problems after provisional The combination of master’s courses with
admission (several) bachelor’s courses can lead to a
considerable delay.
Entrance to MSc EORAS 1st of September (later is possible, but not
recommended due to the programme
structure)

69
Student Handbook 2010-2011

B2 BSc Economics and Business Economics

B2.1 Programme description


Director: Vacancy
Coordinator:
Dr E.H. van Leeuwen, e.h.van.leeuwen@rug.nl, 050-3633744 (E&BE first year and
IE&B Profile),
Dr J.P. Elhorst, j.p.elhorst@rug.nl, 050-3633893 (Economics profile)
Secretary:
Ms H.C.W.E. van der Vleuten, secr.ieb.feb@rug.nl, 050-3633716 (E&BE first year and
IE&B Profile),
Mrs E.M. Baars-Drent, secr.ee.feb@rug.nl. 050-3637018 (Economics Profile).
Study advisor(s): Student Support Desk,
http://www.rug.nl/feb/studentsupport/bachelorstudent (for information, questions
or appointments)

Objectives and content


The BSc programme in Economics and Business Economics (E&BE) is a combination
of the two previously separate BSc-programmes in Economics and International
Economics and Business. This Bachelor’s degree programme aims to provide a solid
academic training focused on an international orientation, combining insights from
both (international) economics and (international) business, embedded in a
multicultural setting, and reaching an advanced level of English language skills.The
scientific domain of the BSc consists of the field of (international) economic theory
and policy as well as the related field of the theory of (international) institutions and
the theory of the multinational enterprise (MNE).
From the second BSc-year onwards students choose a profile in either Economics or
International Economics & Business. Depending on that choice, graduates will be
able to demonstrate relevant knowledge and understanding of:
– ‘Economics’- this encompasses a wide range of factors related to human choice in
conditions of scarcity. These factors include economic, environmental, ethical,
legal, political, sociological and technological factors, together with their effects at
local, national and international levels upon the (economic) policy of nations and
upon strategy and behaviour of organizations in markets.
– ‘International Economics and Business’ - this encompasses the social and
economic relations, functions and processes within and between organisations or
nations (including their diverse nature, purposes, structures, governance,
operations and management), together with the national, individual and
corporate behaviours and cultures, that exist within and between nations and
organisations, including their influence upon the external environment.

Upon completion of the Bachelor’s E&BE profiles in Economics or International


Economics and Business, students have direct access to the Master’s degree

70
Bachelor’s degrees

programme in Economics and International Economics and Business (provided that


the third year specialization courses are completed). The level and study load of the
E&BE programme are comparable to foreign equivalents, and therefore a BSc degree
in E&BE allows access to other (inter)national Master’s degree programmes.

International Economics and Business profile (IE&B)


The IE&B profile offers solid academic training as an economist with a strongly
international profile and a focus upon the integration of international economics and
international business strategy. The core of the profile consists of the courses in both
International Business and International Economics. International Business
concentrates on the main characteristics and activities of international corporations.
These include strategic management, e.g how strategic decision-making of
multinational enterprises is affected by national economic, social, political and
cultural environments, the implications for competitive positioning, entry and
establishment in foreign markets and international strategic alliances. International
Economics deals with analyses of the global economy in which multinationals
operate, for example, the determinants of international patterns of trade and
specialization, the competitiveness of nations versus that of firms and the policy
options to strengthen competitiveness, effects of trade policy, exchange rate theories
and theories of the balance-of-payments, international capital flows and financial
crises and the international monetary system.

Economics profile
The Economics profile offers a high-quality practical and theoretical foundation for
any profession in this field. The focus on both theory and practice prepares students
for professional life. First, students are taught high-level general economic theory,
which is essential for any profession in the field of economic policy or research.
Second, the curriculum concentrates on the application of theory into practice, e.g. in
the Bachelor’s thesis. The writing of the Bachelor’s thesis also helps to develop
judgement and communication (through the thesis seminar, in which students learn
to present, defend and criticise).
Economists focus primarily on economic theory and policy. Most fundamentally, the
BSc programme deals with individual consumer and producer behaviour in markets.
In addition, topics such the origins of economic growth and economic differences
between coutries and regions, the role of technological development and innovation,
the location choices of producers and consumers, public finance, taxes and political
decision-making, business cycles, economic crisis, savings, investments, the EMU
and central banking are also addressed. Finally, the degree has much common
ground with theory of law, social sciences and political science.

Studying Abroad
To enhance the international profile of the E&BE programme, the third year of the
BSc programme includes (the opportunity for) a semester studying abroad. Students
can make use of the extended exchange network of the faculty with several European
and non-European universities. Students can select courses offered by the host

71
Student Handbook 2010-2011

university in consultation with the E&BE coordinators. Bachelor students studying


Economics and Business Economics have the opportunity to spend the first semester
of the third year of their programme abroad. For students in the IE&B profile, the
study abroad is mandatory; for students in Economics, it is an option. Students need
to take the initiative in making their own arrangements. It is strongly advised to start
planning well ahead of time. Students need to apply in advance for approval of the
subjects they wish to study abroad.
To be eligible for one of the faculty’s exchange programmes for studying abroad, a
student must have completed all first year coursework. It is strongly recommended
that students have also completed (most of) the second year at the time they are
leaving in order to be able to take courses at the required level during your semester
abroad.
Please note: if students want to study at a university which does not offer courses in
English, the preparation to attain the required language skills (e.g. French, German
or Spanish) may well exceed the credits of the mandatory second language course of
the second year in the IE&B specialization.

NB: You can only be selected for an ‘study abroad’ position if you have completed
your first year of study. For most universities the first selection is in March, in
semester 2.1 (but for some universities the selection is much earlier). A last selection
round for remaining ‘study abroad’ positions takes place after the exams of semester
2.1. This means that if you have not completed the 1st year courses of semester 2.2 in
the previous year, you are not eligible for studying abroad as there are no more resits
for these courses before the last selection round starts. In all cases, study progress
and grades will be taken into account in the selection procedure.

In all cases, the programme of the ‘study abroad’ has to be approved by the E&BE
programme management., i.e. for IE&B, Dr E.H. van Leeuwen, for Economics, Dr J.P.
Elhorst. Students who have participated in higher education outside the Netherlands
before starting their studies in E&BE (IE&B profile) can apply for an exemption for
the mandatory ‘study abroad’ period via the Student Support Desk. If granted, they
must also contact Dr E.H. van Leeuwen, programme coordinator of IE&B, for a
substitute programme.

If you would like to know more about the opportunities for studying abroad, you are
welcome to come to the Student Support Desk, or contact us via
http://www.rug.nl/feb/studentsupport/bachelorstudent.

Career prospects
Although students have the option to enter the labour market after graduation from
the bachelor E&BE, the vast majority of the students choose to pursue a relevant
master. From a professional perspective, requirements are relatively broad and
general, both in terms of content and in terms of academic skills and attitude. As part
of the programme, guest lecturers are regularly invited to discuss their professional
experiences and to explain how their professional work is related to the

72
Bachelor’s degrees

specific course topics. Students are also made familiar with various aspects of
professional practice through a rather intensive, mostly extra-curricular programme.
The student association EBF is very active in organizing workshops, excursions,
guest lectures, congresses, projects, etc. In addition, students may come into contact
with the profession through the FEB Careers Office that offers a large portfolio of
short and longer internships.

B2.2 Degree programme


C = Compulsory; E = Elective; EG = Elective Group; lang = language; courses marked
with ** may be taken in other periods. See the course description in Ocasys for more
details.

Programme: BSc Economics and Business Economics/E&BE


Year: 1
Profile: core programme BSc E&BE

sem course title code EC C/E lang


1.1-2 + English for E&BE EBP837B06 6 C EN
2.1-2
1.1-2 Mathematics I for E&BE EBP817A06 6 C EN
1.1 International Business I EBP808B05 5 C EN
1.1 Microeconomics I for E&BE EBP819A05 5 C EN
1.2 Financial Accounting for E&BE/IB&M EBP802A05 5 C EN
1.2 Macroeconomics I for E&BE EBP812A05 5 C EN
1.2 + Statistics I for E&BE EBP822A07 7 C EN
2.1
2.1-2 Research Methods I for E&BE EBP006B06 6 C EN
2.1 International Marketing EBP661B05 5 C EN
2.2 Finance I for E&BE/EOR EBP801A05 5 C EN
2.2 International Economics I for E&BE EBP810A05 5 C EN

Programme: BSc Economics and Business Economics/E&BE


Year: 2
Profile: Economics

sem course title code EC C/E lang


1.1 Macroeconomics II EBB841A05 5 C EN
1.1 Mathematics IIa for Economics EBB932A05 5 C EN
1.1 Public Finance EBB861A05 5 C EN
1.2 Growth, Institutions and Business EBB022A05 5 C EN
1.2 International Industrial Economics EBB836A05 5 C EN
1.2 Mathematics IIb for Economics EBB933A05 5 C EN
2.1 Econometrics for Economics EBB814A05 5 C EN

73
Student Handbook 2010-2011

2.1 Finance II for E&BE EBB818A05 5 C EN


2.1 International Economics IIa for E&BE EBB003B05 5 C EN
2.2 Applied Public Finance & Economic Policy EBB015A05 5 C EN
2.2 Empirical Research Paper EBB020A05 5 C EN
2.2 International Economics IIb for E&BE EBB834B05 5 C EN

Programme: BSc Economics and Business Economics/E&BE


Year: 2
Profile: IE&B

sem course title code EC C/E lang


1.1 Global Development Studies EBB921B05 5 C EN
1.1 Mathematics II for IE&B EBB897B05 5 C EN
1.1 Statistics II for IE&B EBB874B05 5 C EN
1.2 Growth, Institutions and Business EBB022A05 5 C EN
1.2 International Business Strategy EBB023A05 5 C EN
1.2 International Industrial Economics EBB836A05 5 C EN
2.1-2 Research Methods II for IE&B EBB028A05 5 C EN
2.1-2 French for IE&B/IB&M EBB941B05 5 EG FR
2.1-2 or Spanish for IE&B/IB&M EBB894B05 5 EG SP
2.1 Finance II for E&BE EBB818A05 5 C EN
2.1 International Economics IIa for E&BE EBB003B05 5 C EN
2.2 Economics of Strategy EBB019A05 5 C EN
2.2 International Economics IIb for E&BE EBB834B05 5 C EN

NB Students who would like to take a second language other than French or Spanish should
contact the Student Support Desk for approval.

Programme: BSc Economics and Business Economics/E&BE


Year: 3
Profile: Economics

sem course title code EC C/E lang


1.1-2 faculty minor E&BE-Economics 30 EG EN
(see below)
1.1-2 or study abroad (= foreign minor)** 30 EG EN
2.1-2 Bachelor’s Thesis Economics EBB908A10 10 C EN
2.1-2 elective(s) FEB 10 C EN
2.1 Macroeconomics III EBB842A05 5 C EN
2.1 Microeconomics III EBB852A05 5 C EN

74
Bachelor’s degrees

Programme: BSc Economics and Business Economics/E&BE


Year: 3
Profile: Faculty Minor E&BE (Economics)

sem course title code EC C/E lang


1.1-2 Spec. Course Finance EBB881A10 10 C EN
1.1-2 Spec. Course Political Economics EBB886A10 10 C EN
1.1 History of Economic Thought EBB934A05 5 C EN
1.2 Environmental Economics EBB898A05 5 EG EN
1.2 and/or Labour Economics EBB840A05 5 EG EN
1.2 and/or Spatial Economics (BSc) EBB871A05 5 EG EN

Programme: BSc Economics and Business Economics/E&BE


Year: 3
Profile: IE&B

sem course title code EC C/E lang


1.1-2 study abroad (= foreign minor) 30 C EN
2.1-2 Bachelor’s Thesis IE&B EBB879A10 10 C EN
2.1-2 Spec. Course IE&B EBB029A10 10 C EN
2.1-2 3rd year course(s) in Economics 10 EG EN
2.1-2 or Development Economics EBB811A10 10 EG EN
2.1-2 or Spec. Course other than SC IE&B 10 EG EN

B2.3 Course substitutions BSc Economics and Business Economics


Students who first enrolled in the BSc Economics and Business Economics in 2007-
2008 or before and who have not yet completed the propaedeutic phase should refer
to the course substitution regulations as provided in the Student Handbook 2009-
2010.

Students who first enrolled in the BSc Economics and Business Economics in 2007-
2008 or before and who have not yet completed the second year should refer to the
course substitution regulations as provided in the Student Handbook 2009-2010.

Students who first enrolled in the BSc Economics and Business Economics in 2007-
2008 or before and who have not yet completed the third year (profile Economics)
will have two opportunities to complete any expired course from the year 2009-2010
during the academic year 2010-2011. They are also allowed to choose the following
course substitutions:

75
Student Handbook 2010-2011

Course substitutions 2010-2011 BSc Economics and Business Economics


(3rd year)
Old programme Substitution courses Course codes
(3rd year 2008-2009 or 2009-2010) 2010-2011 2010-2011
International Economics III for International Economics IIa EBB003B05
Economics (5 EC) EBB835A05 for E&BE (5 EC)
Economic History (bachelor) Growth, Institutions and EBB022A05
(5 EC) EBB815A05 Business (5 EC)

B2.4 Rules and choices


Rules and choices BSc Economics and Business Economics - Economics profile
1st year information meeting October
Admission requirements for the Propaedeutic exam in Economics and Business
post-propaedeutic phase Economics or Economics or International
Economics and Business.
Admission from other programmes is possible
under certain conditions; see section 3 of the BSc
OER
Provisional admission to the post- ≥ 40 ECTS credits obtained from the
propaedeutic phase, in the 2nd propaedeutic programme.
year of enrolment N.B. As of 1 September 2010, this Bachelor’s
degree programme will be subject to a Binding
Study Advice (BSA). See Section 7 of the BSc
OER and/or par. A4.1 of the Student
Handbook.
BSc course prerequisites See the course descriptions in Ocasys.
The optional study abroad programme (foreign
minor) can contain a maximum of 5 ECTS
credits in non-economic and non-business
courses, including no more than one language
course in the language of the foreign university.
Additionally, you must have completed the first
year (propedeuse) before enrolment at the
partner university can take place. It is strongly
recommended to complete most of the 2nd year
before you leave. See also
www.rug.nl/feb/informatievoor/studenten/buit
enland.
Bachelor’s Thesis prerequisites Propaedeutic exam and at least 60 ECTS credits
from the post-propaedeutic programme.
BSc programme approval Students can apply for approval in Progress.
Instructions are available on the internet.

76
Bachelor’s degrees

MSc information meeting November and April/May

Follow-on Master’s degree MSc Economics,


programmes MSc Teaching Economics and Business (in
Dutch).
(Other MSc Degree programmes: consult the
Admissions Board.)
Admission requirements for MSc Bachelor’s degree in E&BE, profile Economics,
Economics or Economics
Provisional admission to MSc ≥ 165 ECTS credits of the bachelor’s degree
Economics (for a maximum period programme (for students who first enrolled in
of six months, which can be September 2008 or later: including Bachelor’s
extended once by six months; for Thesis), and
students enrolled before September sufficient command of English
2008, the maximum period is 12 (see art. 4.1 of the MSc OER).
months; Some master’s courses may have additional
see art. 4.8 of the MSc OER) prerequisites. See the course descriptions in
Ocasys.
N.B. As of September 2011, the provisional
admission will probably be abolished.
Planning problems after The combination of master’s courses with
provisional admission (several) bachelor’s courses can lead to a
considerable delay.
Entrance to MSc Economics 1st of September (later is possible, but not
recommended due to the programme structure

Rules and choices BSc Economics and Business Economics - IE&B profile
1st year information meeting October
Admission requirements for the Propaedeutic exam in Economics and Business
post-propaedeutic phase Economics or Economics or
International Economics and Business.
Admission from other programmes is possible
under certain conditions; see section 3 of the BSc
OER
Provisional admission to the post- ≥ 40 ECTS credits obtained from the
propaedeutic phase, in the 2nd propaedeutic programme.
year of enrolment N.B. As of 1 September 2010, this Bachelor’s
degree programme will be subject to a Binding
Study Advice (BSA). See Section 7 of the BSc
OER and/or par. A4.1 of the Student
Handbook.
BSc course prerequisites See the course descriptions in Ocasys.
Language courses other than the French or
Spanish courses offered for IE&B students are

77
Student Handbook 2010-2011

subject to approval in advance.


The ‘study abroad’ programme (foreign minor)
can contain a maximum of 15 ECTS credits in
non-economic and non-business courses,
including no more than one language course in
the language of the foreign university.
Additionally, the first year (propaedeutic phase)
must have been completed before enrolment at
the partner university is possible. It is strongly
recommended to complete most of the 2nd year
before you leave. See also
www.rug.nl/feb/informatievoor/studenten/buit
enland.
Bachelor’s Thesis prerequisites Propaedeutic exam and at least 60 ECTS credits
from the post-propaedeutic programme.
BSc programme approval Students can apply for approval in Progress.
Instructions are available on the internet.
MSc information meeting November and April/May

Follow-on Master’s degree MSc International Economics and Business,


programmes MSc Teaching Economics and Business (in
Dutch).
(Other MSc Degree programmes: consult the
Admissions Board.)
Admission requirements for MSc Bachelor’s degree in E&BE, profile IE&B, or
IE&B International Economics and Business
Provisional admission to MSc IE&B ≥ 165 ECTS credits of the bachelor’s degree
(for a maximum period of six programme (for students who first enrolled in
months, which can be extended September 2008 or later: including Bachelor’s
once by six months; for students Thesis), and
enrolled before September 2008, sufficient command of English
the maximum period is 12 months; (see art. 4.1 of the MSc OER).
see art. 4.8 of the MSc OER) Some master’s courses may have additional
prerequisites. See the course descriptions in
Ocasys.
N.B. As of September 2011, the provisional
admission will probably be abolished.
Planning problems after The combination of master’s courses with
provisional admission (several) bachelor’s courses can lead to a
considerable delay.
Entrance to MSc IE&B 1st of September (later is possible, but not
recommended due to the programme structure)

78
Bachelor’s degrees

B3 BSc Business Administration – International Business &


Management

B3.1 Programme description


Director: H.A. Ritsema LLM, h.a.ritsema@rug.nl, 050-3633844
Coordinator: Mrs R. van Est-van der Weg, r.van.est@rug.nl, 050-3636692
Secretary: secretariat IB&M, secr.ibm.feb@rug.nl 050-3633458
Study advisor(s): Student Support Desk,
http://www.rug.nl/feb/studentsupport/bachelorstudent (for information, questions
or appointments)

Objectives and content


The International Business & Management programme is a profile within the regular
BSc in Business Administration of the Faculty of Economics and Business.
The BSc BA-IB&M programme offers students a solid academic grounding in the
field of IB&M. The profile provides students with a clear, general business
management education, while at the same time concentrating on organizations
operating in an international context.
The IB&M programme has been developed with a few clear ideas in mind. First, we
require our students to master the basic knowledge and skills expected of a good
business education. Second, we focus strongly on the international dimension of
business management and entrepreneurship. In addition to the basics, we approach
these issues from a comparative international perspective. This perspective can be
traced throughout the programme, but becomes more evident near the end.

First and Second year


The programme introduces students to elementary theories and concepts that are
relevant in the field. In general, 6 areas in which students need basic knowledge and
skills are distinguished. These are:
– Organization Theory: students are introduced to theories and concepts about
organization structures and processes. Students learn to think about
organizational design and organizational change both in local companies as well
as in multinational companies. They are introduced to scientific theories about
these issues and are trained to apply concepts to practical situations.
– International Management and Economics: multinational companies have to
constantly consider existing business opportunities and related strategic choices.
Students are introduced to the basics of (International) Economics such that they
understand the relevant economic concepts of the international environment.
Additionally, by studying relevant concepts within the area of Strategic
Management , they learn how companies can operate in this context.
– International Finance and Accounting: students study the financial aspects of
organizing and related aspects of Accounting and Control, with special attention
to the extra complexity of these issues within multinational enterprises.

79
Student Handbook 2010-2011

– International Law: in their international endeavours, companies often run into


complicated legal problems on different levels. Basic knowledge of such issues is
essential. The programme contains several courses that focus on these aspects.
– Research Methods and Statistics: students learn to conduct research that complies
with scientific rules both in management and in academia. Courses in this cluster
teach them to think systematically and draw scientifically sound conclusions on
the issues they study. This is a must for students with ambitions in management
and consultancy as well as in academia.
– Language and Intercultural Communication Skills: broad language and
communication skills are a must for people who want to operate in the
international arena. Weekly English language courses will improve students
communication and presentation skills. In the second year, students will choose a
second foreign language.
Additionally, there is a set of courses dealing with more functional areas such as
International Marketing and Information Technology.

Preparing your studies abroad in the first and second year


During your second Bachelor year, you will need to prepare the arrangements for
your study abroad in the third year. To enrol at a foreign university, you must have
completed your first year. Please read the relevant parts in this Student Handbook
about the Rules & Regulations on Study Abroad carefully.

Third year
Bachelor students studying International Business & Management spend one
semester of the third year of their programme abroad. The programme in the third
year during the local semester consists of the following core courses: Managing
International Business Organizations, International Financial Management and
International Strategic Management. Additionally, students write their BSc thesis in
this semester.
As indicated above, to be eligible to apply for one of the faculty’s exchange
programmes, you must have completed the course work of the first year. It is
strongly recommended that you have also completed (most of) the second year by
the time you leave in order to be able to take courses at the required level during
your study abroad. Please note that, if you want to study at a university which does
not offer courses in English, the preparation to attain the required language skills
(e.g. French, German or Spanish) may well exceed the credits of the mandatory
second language course of the second year. Please refer to
http://www.rug.nl/feb/studentsupport/bachelorstudent for further details.
Students who have participated in higher education outside the Netherlands before
starting their studies in IB&M can apply for an exemption for the ‘study abroad’
period at the Education Desk. If granted, they should also contact Henk Ritsema, the
programme director for IB&M, for a substitute programme.

80
Bachelor’s degrees

Career prospects
Students who have followed the IB&M programme have all the tools they need to
develop in a wide range of business management careers in international,
multinational or transnational companies. Many companies and organizations offer
traineeships and junior positions which will introduce graduates to the different
types of activities. The specific direction chosen will vary according to interests and
include positions with an obvious international dimension such as Export Manager,
International Marketer, or International Sales Manager.
Furthermore, positions such as Product Manager, Treasury Manager, Human
Resource Manager and Management Development Officer are important options.
The programme will also provide the skills, knowledge and expertise appropriate to
a management career in a non-profit organization setting, such as the health care
industry, the cultural and entertainment sector or non-governmental organizations.
Finally, students will also be able to consider continuing their careers within the
academic field, given their rigorous training in the latest developments in this area.

B3.2 Degree programme


C = Compulsory; E = Elective; EG = Elective Group; lang = language; courses marked
with ** may be taken in other periods. See the course description in Ocasys for more
details.

Programme: BSc BA - International Business & Management/IB&M


Year: 1

sem course title code EC C/E lang


1.1-2 English I for IB&M EBP665B05 5 C EN
1.1-2 Introduction International Business EBP003A05 5 C EN
1.1 History of Management EBP651A05 5 C EN
1.1 International Management I EBP670B05 5 C EN
1.2 Financial Accounting for E&BE/IB&M EBP802A05 5 C EN
1.2 International Management II EBP654B05 5 C EN
2.1-2 English II for IB&M EBP667B05 5 C EN
2.1-2 International Business Law I EBP656A05 5 C EN
2.1 International Marketing EBP661B05 5 C EN
2.1 Statistics I for IB&M EBP657A05 5 C EN
2.2 Economics for International Business EBP660A05 5 C EN
2.2 Research Methods I for IB&M EBP662A05 5 C EN

81
Student Handbook 2010-2011

Programme: BSc BA - International Business & Management/IB&M


Year: 2

sem course title code EC C/E lang


1.1 Financial Management for IB&M EBB631A05 5 C EN
1.1 Information Systems Management EBB632A05 5 C EN
1.1 International Economics and Trade EBB626A05 5 C EN
1.2 International Business Law II EBB635A05 5 C EN
1.2 Organizational Change for IB&M EBB634A05 5 C EN
1.2 Statistics II for IB&M EBB682A05 5 C EN
2.1-2 Comparative Country Studies EBB686A05 5 C EN
2.1-2 French for IE&B/IB&M EBB941B05 5 EG FR
2.1-2 or Spanish for IE&B/IB&M EBB894B05 5 EG SP
2.1 Research Methods II for IB&M EBB633A05 5 C EN
2.2 Management Accounting & Inf. Management EBB845B05 5 C EN
2.2 Strategic Management EBB649B05 5 C EN
2.1 Dynamics of Industrial Capitalism EBB612A05 5 EG EN
2.2 or Bus. Ethics & Corporate Social Resp. EBB608A05 5 EG EN
2.2 or Emerging Markets EBB717A05 5 EG EN
2.2 or International HRM EBB741A05 5 EG EN

Programme: BSc BA - International Business & Management/IB&M


Year: 3

sem course title code EC C/E lang


1.1-2 study abroad (= foreign minor)** 30 C EN
2.1-2 Bachelor’s Thesis IB&M** EBB737A10 10 C EN
2.1-2 Managing Int. Business Organizations** EBB638A10 10 C EN
2.1 International Strategic Management** EBB628A05 5 C EN
2.2 International Financial Management** EBB627A05 5 C EN

NB The courses of semester II can also be taken in semester I, the ‘study abroad’ can also be
taken in semester II.

B3.3 Course substitutions BSc Business Administration – International Business


& Management
Students who first enrolled in the BSc Business Administration - International
Business & Management in 2007-2008 or before and who have not yet completed the
propaedeutic phase should refer to the course substitution regulations as provided
in the Student Handbook 2008-2009.

82
Bachelor’s degrees

Students who first enrolled in the BSc BSc Business Administration - International
Business & Management in 2007-2008 or before and who have not yet completed the
second year should refer to the course substitution regulations as provided in the
Student Handbook 2009-2010.

B3.4 Rules and choices


Rules and choices BSc Business Administration - International Business and
Management profile
1st year information meeting February
Admission requirements for the Propaedeutic exam in Business Adminstration,
post-propaedeutic phase International Business & Management profile.
Admission from other programmes is possible
under certain conditions; see Section 3 of the
BSc OER
Provisional admission to the post- ≥ 40 ECTS credits obtained from the
propaedeutic phase, in the 2nd propaedeutic programme.
year of enrolment N.B. As of 1 September 2010 this Bachelor’s
degree programme will be subject to a Binding
Study Advice (BSA). See Section 7 of the BSc
OER and/or par. A4.1 of the Student
Handbook.
BSc course prerequisites See the course descriptions in Ocasys.
The first year (propaedeutic phase) must have
been completed before enrolment for the study
abroad programme (foreign minor) at the
partner university is possible. It is strongly
recommended to complete most of the 2nd year
before you leave.
The ‘study abroad’ programme (foreign minor)
can contain a maximum of 15 ECTS credits in
non-economic and non-business courses,
including no more than one language course in
the language of the foreign university.
Additionally, you must have completed the first
year (propedeuse) before enrolment at the
partner university can take place. It is strongly
recommended to complete most of the 2nd year
before you leave. See also
www.rug.nl/feb/informatievoor/studenten/buit
enland.
Bachelor’s Thesis prerequisites Propaedeutic exam and at least 60 ECTS credits
from the post-propaedeutic programme.
It goes without saying that IB&M students
choose one of the English thesis projects offered.

83
Student Handbook 2010-2011

Approval of the BSc programme Students can apply for approval in Progress.
Instructions are available on the internet.
MSc information meeting November and April/May

Follow-on Master’s degree MSc International Business & Management,


programmes including the double degree programmes MSc
IB&M - Specialization International Financial
Management and Advanced International
Business Management & Marketing; see
Chapter E of the Student Handbook,
MSc Business Administration,
MSc Teaching Economics and Business Studies
(Other MSc Degree programmes: consult the
Admissions Board.)
Admission requirements for MSc Bachelor’s degree in Business Administration,
International Business & International Business & Management profile
Management
Provisional admission to MSc ≥ 165 ECTS credits of the bachelor’s degree
IB&M (for a maximum period of programme (for students who first enrolled in
six months, which can be extended September 2008 or later: including Bachelor’s
once by six months; for students Thesis), and
enrolled before September 2008 the sufficient command of English
maximum period is 12 months; (see art. 4.1 of the MSc OER).
see art. 4.8 of the MSc OER) Some master’s courses may have additional
prerequisites. See the course descriptions in
Ocasys.
N.B. As of September 2011, the provisional
admission will probably be abolished.
Planning problems after The combination of master’s courses with
provisional admission (several) bachelor’s courses can lead to a
considerable delay.
Entrance to MSc IB&M 1st of September (later is possible, but not
recommended due to the programme structure)

84
Bachelor’s degrees

B4 Additional options within the Bachelor’s degree

B4.1 General Studies Modules (AVV)


As of 1 September 2010, it will no longer be compulsory to follow a General Studies
Module (AVV). Students who started their degree programmes before September
2008 and have not yet followed an AVV must select an elective as a substitute. The
elective must be a course unrelated to business or economics and may not overlap
with any other electives or courses in the programme – final decisions to be taken by
the Board of Examiners. Courses offered by the Faculty of Economics and Business
can thus not be substituted for an AVV.

B4.2 Minors
From 1 September 2010, a large number of degree programmes within the University
of Groningen will comprise both a Major and a Minor. Starting in the academic year
2010-2011, this will also apply to a number of FEB degree programmes started by
students in September 2008 or later. There are transitional regulations for students
who started their studies earlier. A Minor comprises 30 ECTS credit points, and is in
principle followed in the first semester of the third year.

The University offers three types of Minors:


– University Minor. A University Minor is one offered outside the field of
Economics and Business, and is offered by a different University of Groningen
faculty. The aim of a University Minor is to enable students to broaden their
expertise by venturing beyond the borders of their own field. The range of
University Minors will be announced each spring, and can be found on the
University website: www.rug.nl/minor. Minors offered by the Faculty of
Economics and Business may not be chosen as a University Minor.
– Faculty Minor. The idea behind a Faculty Minor is that students can deepen their
knowledge of one or more of the subfields of business and economics. A Faculty
Minor is thus in nature a specialization. An overview of the Faculty Minors that
can be followed can be found in the list of courses in your own degree
programme.
– Foreign Minor. In addition to University or Faculty Minors, students can also opt
for a Foreign Minor. This means that students in the first semester of the third
year can follow courses with a study load of 30 ECTS at a university abroad. A
Foreign Minor is intended for students who want to gain experience with living
and studying abroad within the framework of internationalization. To this end
the Faculty of Economics and Business has signed a large number of cooperation
agreements with universities abroad.

85
Student Handbook 2010-2011

The obligation to follow a Minor does not apply to all FEB degree programmes. Nor
is the freedom to choose as great in all degree programmes. The regulations for each
degree programme are as follows:
– Students of the Bachelor’s degree programmes in Business Administration and
Business Economics may choose any of the three types of Minor. It is not possible
to combine parts of different Minors with each other.
– Students of the Bachelor’s degree programme in E&BE Economics profile may
choose between a Faculty Minor and a Foreign Minor.
– Students of the Bachelor’s degree programmes in Business Administration –
IB&M profile and E&BE – IE&B profile must follow a Foreign Minor.
– Students of the Bachelor’s degree programmes in A&C, EOR, FE and TM do not
have to take a Minor at all. However, EOR students may spend one semester of
their degree programme abroad.

More information about Minors, admission requirements and rules can be found on
the University of Groningen Minor site: www.rug.nl/minor. For more information
about a Foreign Minor, please go to
www.rug.nl/feb/informatievoor/studenten/buitenland. In addition, the degree
programmes in Business Administration and Business Economics have compiled an
extensive Minor Manual, which can be found on the Nestor site of the BSc in
Business Administration or the BSc in Business Economics respectively.

86
Pre-Master’s programmes

Part C Pre-Master’s programmes

C1 Business Administration Pre-Master’s programme

C1.1 Programme description


Director: Dr P. P. M. Smid, p.p.m.smid@rug.nl, 050-363 3668
Coordinator: W. Lanting MSc, w.lanting@rug.nl, 050-363 2637
Admissions: Student Support Desk,
http://www.rug.nl/feb/studentsupport/premaster
(for information or questions)
Study advisors: Student Support Desk,
http://www.rug.nl/feb/studentsupport/premaster (for information, questions or
appointments)

Aim/content
The Master of Science in Business Administration (MSc BA) is a 1-year (60 ECTS
credits) degree programme at the Faculty of Economics and Business (FEB) taught in
English. There are nine different tracks within the MSc BA:
4 Business Development
5 Business & ICT
6 Change Management
7 Finance
8 Marketing (Marketing Management or Marketing Research profile)
9 Operations & Supply Chains (Production & Distribution and Services)
10 Organizational & Management Control
11 Small Business & Entrepreneurship
12 Strategy & Innovation

The pre-MSc BA programme is especially intended for students with a Bachelor’s


degree from one of the NVAO accredited HBO programmes with a study load of 240
ECTS credits. It prepares them for the MSc BA. The pre-MSc BA programme is also
open to students with an accredited academic Bachelor’s degree, who do not
immediately qualify for the MSc BA, either from the Netherlands or abroad.

After passing the 1-year pre-MSc programme, you will be issued with a ‘proof of admission’
granting you admission to the Master of Science in Business Administration (MSc BA).

The pre-MSc programme comprises a fixed, non track-specific core of 30 ECTS


credits, 20 of which will be offered in the first semester.
There are also 30 ECTS credits available for electives – 10 in the first semester and 20
in the second. These should be chosen from post-propaedeutic courses, see Appendix
4.14 of the BSc OER. Additional conditions for the electives apply to each track: see
section C2.2.

87
Student Handbook 2010-2011

A ‘Research paper for Pre-MSc’ of 10 ECTS credits, offered in the second semester,
also forms part of the programme. To be allowed to participate in this course
‘Research paper for Pre-MSc’, you need to have passed ‘Mathematics for pre-MSc’
and ‘Business Research Methods for pre-MSc’.
At the end of the academic year you should have obtained at least 50 ECTS credits in
the pre-MSc programme, including the ‘Research paper for pre-MSc’ and master-
specific compulsory courses, see the attached Rules and Choices Pre-MSc Business
Administration (in addition: see Article 4.8 of the MSc OER). In that case you can
start the Master’s programme with a provisional registration while completing the
pre-MSc programme. If, at the end of the academic year, you have got at least 50
ECTS credits, but failed for the Research paper for pre-MSc or other master-specific
compulsory courses, you are not admitted to the MSc, but you may continue in the
pre-MSc in the following year. When you have finished these mandatory courses
successfully, you are admitted to the MSc BA.

If you have got less than 50 ECTS credits by the end of the academic year, you will have failed
and will not be admitted to the Master’s programme. You may also not continue the pre-MSc
programme. If you still want to take the MSc (specialization), then you will have to
register for the related FEB Bachelor’s degree. Failed pre-MSc students may request
exemptions on the basis of earlier training or experience from the Board of Examiners
for the courses that they did pass during their pre-MSc year.

Programme structure
The programme is as follows:
Period Course EC
1.1 Mathematics for pre-MSc 5
Organization Theory & Design for pre-MSc 5
Track-specific courses or electives 5
1.2 Business Research Methods for pre-MSc 10
Track-specific courses or electives 5
2.1 Research paper for pre-MSc part 1 5
Track-specific courses or electives 10
2.2 Research paper for pre-MSc part 2 5
Track-specific courses or electives 10

Below you will find additional information about each track. Finally, you will also
find an overview of Specialization courses and electives that could form part of the
programme.

If you have succesfully passed all the requirements /courses of the pre-MSc, you may
enter the Master without restriction.

88
Pre-Master’s programmes

Career prospects
Graduates may aquire all sorts of staff positions and more general management
positions after gaining their Master's degree in Business Administration. Depending
on the chosen specialization, these include jobs in the field of general management,
financial management, marketing management (e.g. product manager), financial
policy, production and logistics (e.g. purchasing manager), quality control (e.g.
quality manager), information technology (e.g. IT advisor) and organizational advice.

C1.2 Programme overview


C = Compulsory; E = Elective; EG = Elective Group; lang = language; courses marked
with ** may be taken in other periods. See the course description in Ocasys for more
details.

Programme: Pre-MSc Programmes (English)


Year: 1
Profile: Pre-MSc BA Business & ICT

sem course title code EC C/E lang


1.1-2 Spec. Course Business & ICT** EBB661A10 10 C EN
1.1 Mathematics for Pre-MSc EBS002A05 5 C EN
1.1 Organization Theory & Design for Pre-MSc EBS003A05 5 C EN
1.2 Business Research Methods for Pre-MSc EBS001A10 10 C EN
2.1-2 electives Pre-MSc 20 EC (see list) 20 C EN
2.1-2 Research Paper for Pre-MSc BA B&ICT EBS004A10 10 C EN

NB Students with a weak background in Information Systems are advised to choose


Information Systems Management (EBB632A05) in period 1.1.

Programme: Pre-MSc Programmes (English)


Year: 1
Profile: Pre-MSc BA Business Development

sem course title code EC C/E lang


1.1-2 elective Pre-MSc 5 EC (see list) 5 C EN
1.1 Mathematics for Pre-MSc EBS002A05 5 C EN
1.1 Organization Theory & Design for Pre-MSc EBS003A05 5 C EN
1.1 Project Management EBB667A05 5 C EN
1.2 Business Research Methods for Pre-MSc EBS001A10 10 C EN
2.1-2 elective(s) Pre-MSc 10 EC (see list) 10 C EN
2.1-2 Research Paper for Pre-MSc BA BD EBS005A10 10 C EN
2.1-2 Spec.Course Business Development** EBB662A10 10 C EN

89
Student Handbook 2010-2011

Programme: Pre-MSc Programmes (English)


Year: 1
Profile: Pre-MSc BA Change Management

sem course title code EC C/E lang


1.1 Information Systems Management EBB632A05 5 C EN
1.1 Mathematics for Pre-MSc EBS002A05 5 C EN
1.1 Organization Theory & Design for Pre-MSc EBS003A05 5 C EN
1.1 Project Management EBB667A05 5 C EN
1.2 Business Research Methods for Pre-MSc EBS001A10 10 C EN
1.2 Organizational Change for IB&M EBB634A05 5 C EN
2.1-2 elective Pre-MSc 5 EC (see list) 5 C EN
2.1-2 Research Paper for Pre-MSc BA CM EBS006A10 10 C EN
2.1 Introduction to HRM EBB740A05 5 C EN
2.2 Strategic Management EBB649B05 5 C EN

Programme: Pre-MSc Programmes (English)


Year: 1
Profile: Pre-MSc BA Finance

sem course title code EC C/E lang


1.1-2 Spec. Course Finance** EBB881A10 10 C EN
1.1 Mathematics for Pre-MSc EBS002A05 5 C EN
1.1 Organization Theory & Design for Pre-MSc EBS003A05 5 C EN
1.2 Business Research Methods for Pre-MSc EBS001A10 10 C EN
2.1-2 electives Pre-MSc 20 EC (see list) 20 C EN
2.1-2 Research Paper for Pre-MSc BA Finance EBS007A10 10 C EN

Programme: Pre-MSc Programmes (English)


Year: 1
Profile: Pre-MSc BA Marketing

sem course title code EC C/E lang


1.1-2 Spec. Course Marketing** EBB937A10 10 C EN
1.1 Mathematics for Pre-MSc EBS002A05 5 C EN
1.1 Organization Theory & Design for Pre-MSc EBS003A05 5 C EN
1.2 Business Research Methods for Pre-MSc EBS001A10 10 C EN
2.1-2 Research Paper for Pre-MSc BA Marketing EBS008A10 10 C EN
1.1-2 + electives Pre-MSc 20 EC (see list) 20 C EN
2.1-2

90
Pre-Master’s programmes

NB International Marketing only in case of a deficient Marketing background.


The coordinator (Liane Voerman) decides.

Programme: Pre-MSc Programmes (English)


Year: 1
Profile: Pre-MSc BA Operations & Supply Chains

sem course title code EC C/E lang


1.1-2 Spec. Course Operations & Supply Chains** EBB660A10 10 C EN
1.1 Mathematics for Pre-MSc EBS002A05 5 C EN
1.1 Organization Theory & Design for Pre-MSc EBS003A05 5 C EN
1.2 Business Research Methods for Pre-MSc EBS001A10 10 C EN
2.1-2 Research Paper for Pre-MSc BA O&SC EBS010A10 10 C EN
1.1-2 + electives Pre-MSc 20 EC (see list) 20 C EN
2.1-2

NB Students with no background in logistics and/or planning issues are strongly advised to
choose Operations Management (EBB644A05, period 1.2, for non-native speakers: self-
study) and to choose Purchasing Management (EBB742A05, period 1.1) and/or Quality
Management (EBB669A05, period 2.1).

Programme: Pre-MSc Programmes (English)


Year: 1
Profile: Pre-MSc BA Organizational & Management Control

sem course title code EC C/E lang


1.1-2 Spec. Course OMC: Management EBB884A10 10 C EN
Accounting**
1.1 Mathematics for Pre-MSc EBS002A05 5 C EN
1.1 Organization Theory & Design for Pre-MSc EBS003A05 5 C EN
1.2 Business Research Methods for Pre-MSc EBS001A10 10 C EN
2.1-2 Research Paper for Pre-MSc BA O&MC EBS009A10 10 C EN
2.1-2 Spec. Course Finance** EBB881A10 10 EG EN
2.1 or Finance II for E&BE EBB818A05 5 EG EN
2.1-2 elective(s) Pre-MSc 10 EC (see list) 10 EG EN
2.1-2 or elective Pre-MSc 5 EC (see list) 5 EG EN
2.2 Strategic Management EBB649B05 5 C EN

NB Choosing Spec. Course Finance leaves 5 EC for elective(s), choosing Finance II for
IE&B/Economics leaves 10 EC for electives.

91
Student Handbook 2010-2011

Programme: Pre-MSc Programmes (English)


Year: 1
Profile: Pre-MSc BA Small Business & Entrepreneurship

sem course title code EC C/E lang


1.1-2 + elective(s) Pre-MSc 10 EC (see list) 10 C EN
2.1-2
1.1 Mathematics for Pre-MSc EBS002A05 5 C EN
1.1 Organization Theory & Design for Pre-MSc EBS003A05 5 C EN
1.2 Business Research Methods for Pre-MSc EBS001A10 10 C EN
1.2 Organizational Change for IB&M EBB634A05 5 C EN
2.1-2 Research Paper for Pre-MSc BA SB&E EBS012A10 10 C EN
2.1-2 Spec. Course Small Bus.&Entrepreneurship** EBB887A10 10 C EN
2.2 Strategic Management EBB649B05 5 C EN

Programme: Pre-MSc Programmes (English)


Year: 1
Profile: Pre-MSc BA Strategy & Innovation

sem course title code EC C/E lang


1.1-2 elective(s) Pre-MSc 10 EC (see list) 10 C EN
1.1 Mathematics for Pre-MSc EBS002A05 5 C EN
1.1 Organization Theory & Design for Pre-MSc EBS003A05 5 C EN
1.2 Business Research Methods for Pre-MSc EBS001A10 10 C EN
2.1-2 elective Pre-MSc 5 EC (see list) 5 C EN
2.1-2 Research Paper for Pre-MSc BA S&I EBS011A10 10 C EN
2.1-2 Spec. Course Strategy & Innovation** EBB658A10 10 C EN
2.2 Strategic Management EBB649B05 5 C EN

Programme: Pre-MSc Programmes (English)


Year: 1
Profile: Pre-MSc-list of electives

sem course title code EC C/E lang


1.1-2 Financial Accounting II BE/A&C EBB915A10 10 E NL
1.1-2 Spec. Course Business & ICT EBB661A10 10 E EN
1.1-2 Spec.Course Business Development EBB662A10 10 E EN
1.1-2 Spec. Course Finance EBB881A10 10 E EN
1.1-2 Spec. Course Marketing EBB937A10 10 E EN
1.1-2 Spec. Course OMC: Man. Accounting EBB884A10 10 E EN
1.1-2 Spec. Course Operations & Supply Chains EBB660A10 10 E EN
1.1-2 Spec. Course Small Bus.&Entrepreneurship EBB887A10 10 E EN

92
Pre-Master’s programmes

1.1 Healthcare Management EBB732A05 5 E EN


1.1 Information Systems Management EBB632A05 5 E EN
1.1 International Economics and Trade EBB626A05 5 E EN
1.1 Project Management EBB667A05 5 E EN
1.1 Purchasing Management EBB742A05 5 E EN
1.2 E-Business EBB666A05 5 E EN
1.2 Organizational Change for IB&M EBB634A05 5 E EN
2.1-2 Financial Accounting II BE/A&C EBB915A10 10 E NL
2.1-2 Spec. Course Business & ICT EBB661A10 10 E EN
2.1-2 Spec.Course Business Development EBB662A10 10 E EN
2.1-2 Spec. Course Finance EBB881A10 10 E EN
2.1-2 Spec. Course Marketing EBB937A10 10 E EN
2.1-2 Spec. Course OMC: Man. Accounting EBB884A10 10 E EN
2.1-2 Spec. Course Operations & Supply Chains EBB660A10 10 E EN
2.1-2 Spec. Course Small Bus.&Entrepreneurship EBB887A10 10 E EN
2.1-2 Spec. Course Strategy & Innovation EBB658A10 10 E EN
2.1 Dynamics of Industrial Capitalism EBB612A05 5 E EN
2.1 Finance II for E&BE EBB818A05 5 E EN
2.1 Quality Management EBB669A05 5 E EN
2.2 Business Ethics & Corporate Social Resp. EBB608A05 5 E EN
2.2 Emerging Markets EBB717A05 5 E EN
2.2 International Financial Management EBB627A05 5 E EN
2.2 International HRM EBB741A05 5 E EN
2.2 Management Accounting & Inf. Management EBB845B05 5 E EN
2.2 Sports Economics EBB920A05 5 E EN
2.2 Strategic Management EBB649B05 5 E EN

C1.3 Rules and choices


Rules and choices Pre-MSc Business Administration
Admission requirements Pre-MSc See the English-language website for practical
programme information & admissions, and art. 6.5 of the
BSc OER.
Research Paper prerequisites Students need to have passed ‘Mathematics for
pre-MSc’ and ‘Business Research Methods for
pre-MSc’.
Pre-MSc programme approval Students can apply for approval in Progress.
Instructions are available on the internet.
MSc information meeting November and April/May

Follow-on Master’s degree MSc Business Administration


programme

93
Student Handbook 2010-2011

Admission requirements for MSc Completion of the Pre-MSc programme


Business Administration
Provisional admission to MSc BA ≥ 50 ECTS credits of the pre-MSc programme
(for a maximum period of six (including ‘Mathematics for pre-MSc’,
months, which can be extended ‘Business Research Methods for pre-MSc’, the
once by six months, see art. 4.8 of Research Paper for pre-MSc BA and the track
the MSc OER) specific (Specialization) course(s), and
sufficient command of English (see art. 4.1 of
the MSc OER).
N.B. As of September 2011, the provisional
admission will probably be abolished.
Planning problems after provisional The combination of master’s courses with
admission (several) pre-MSc courses can lead to a
considerable delay.
Entrance to MSc BA 1st of September (later is possible, but not
recommended due to the programme
structure)

94
Pre-Master’s programmes

C2 Human Resource Management Pre-Master’s programme

C2.1 Programme description


Director: Dr P. P .M. Smid, p.p.m.smid@rug.nl, 050-363 3668
Coordinator: W. Lanting MSc, w.lanting@rug.nl, 050-363 2637
Admissions: Student Support Desk,
http://www.rug.nl/feb/studentsupport/premaster (for information or questions)
Study advisors: Student Support Desk,
http://www.rug.nl/feb/studentsupport/premaster (for information, questions or
appointments)

Aim/content
The Master of Science in Human Resource Management (MSc HRM) is a degree
programme taught in English at the Faculty of Economics and Business. The pre-
MSc HRM programme is especially intended for students with a Bachelor’s degree
from one of the NVAO accredited HBO programmes with a study load of 240 ECTS
credits. It prepares them for the MSc HRM. This programme is also open to students
with an accredited academic Bachelor’s degree who do not immediately qualify for
the MSc HRM, either from the Netherlands or abroad.

After passing the 1-year pre-MSc programme you will be issued with a ‘proof of admission’
granting you admission to the Master of Science in Human Resource Management (MSc
HRM).

The scope of the pre-MSc programme for Human Resource Management is one year
(60 ECTS credits). It contains a core part of 45 ECTS credits. There are also 20 ECTS
credits for electives where you can choose courses from the attached list of electives.
A ‘Research paper for Pre-MSc course’, worth 10 ECTS credits, offered in the second
semester, also forms part of the programme. To be allowed to participate in this
course ‘Research paper for pre-MSc’, you need to have passed ‘Mathematics for pre-
MSc’ and ‘Business Research Methods for pre-MSc’. At the end of the academic year,
you should have obtained at least 50 ECTS credits in the pre-MSc programme,
including the ‘Research paper for pre-MSc’ and master-specific compulsory courses,
in this case ‘Introduction to HRM’ (see also the attached Rules and Choices Human
Resource Management and Article 4.8 of the MSc OER. In that case, you can start the
Master’s programme on the basis of a provisional registration while completing the
pre-MSc programme.
If, at the end of the academic year, you have got at least 50 ECTS credits, but failed
the Research paper for pre-MSc or other master-specific compulsory courses, you
will not be admitted to the MSc, but you may continue in the pre-MSc in the
following year. If you have finished these mandatory courses successfully, you will
be admitted to the MSc HRM.

95
Student Handbook 2010-2011

If you have got less than 50 ECTS credits by the end of the first academic year, you will have
failed and will not be admitted to the Master’s programme. Nor are you allowed to continue
the pre-MSc programme. If you still want to take the MSc (specialization), then you will
have to register for the related FEB Bachelor’s degree. Failed pre-MSc students may
request exemptions on the basis of earlier training or experience from the Board of
Examiners for the courses that they did pass during their pre-MSc year.

Career prospects
Graduates may aquire a wide range of positions in profit and non-profit
organizations after gaining their Master’s degree in HRM. These positions include
personnel officer, policy officer for labour and organizational matters, personnel
consultant, organization advisor or policy officer for personnel matters.

C2.2 Programme overview


C = Compulsory; E = Elective; EG = Elective Group; lang = language; courses marked
with ** may be taken in other periods. See the course description in Ocasys for more
details.

Programme: Pre-MSc Programmes (English)


Year: 1
Profile: Pre-MSc Human Resource Management

sem course title code EC C/E lang


1.1-2 + elective(s) Pre-MSc 20 EC (see list) 20 C EN
2.1-2
1.1 Mathematics for Pre-MSc EBS002A05 5 C EN
1.1 Organization Theory & Design for Pre-MSc EBS003A05 5 C EN
1.2 Business Research Methods for Pre-MSc EBS001A10 10 C EN
1.2 Organizational Change for IB&M EBB634A05 5 C EN
2.1-2 Research Paper for Pre-MSc HRM EBS013A10 10 C EN
2.1 Introduction to HRM EBB740A05 5 C EN

Programme: Pre-MSc Programmes (English)


Year: 1
Profile: Pre-MSc-list of electives

sem course title code EC C/E lang


1.1-2 Financial Accounting II BE/A&C EBB915A10 10 E NL
1.1-2 Spec. Course Business & ICT EBB661A10 10 E EN
1.1-2 Spec.Course Business Development EBB662A10 10 E EN
1.1-2 Spec. Course Finance EBB881A10 10 E EN
1.1-2 Spec. Course Marketing EBB937A10 10 E EN
1.1-2 Spec. Course OMC: Man. Accounting EBB884A10 10 E EN

96
Pre-Master’s programmes

1.1-2 Spec. Course Operations & Supply Chains EBB660A10 10 E EN


1.1-2 Spec. Course Small Bus.&Entrepreneurship EBB887A10 10 E EN
1.1 Healthcare Management EBB732A05 5 E EN
1.1 Information Systems Management EBB632A05 5 E EN
1.1 International Economics and Trade EBB626A05 5 E EN
1.1 Project Management EBB667A05 5 E EN
1.1 Purchasing Management EBB742A05 5 E EN
1.2 E-Business EBB666A05 5 E EN
1.2 Organizational Change for IB&M EBB634A05 5 E EN
2.1-2 Financial Accounting II BE/A&C EBB915A10 10 E NL
2.1-2 Spec. Course Business & ICT EBB661A10 10 E EN
2.1-2 Spec.Course Business Development EBB662A10 10 E EN
2.1-2 Spec. Course Finance EBB881A10 10 E EN
2.1-2 Spec. Course Marketing EBB937A10 10 E EN
2.1-2 Spec. Course OMC: Man. Accounting EBB884A10 10 E EN
2.1-2 Spec. Course Operations & Supply Chains EBB660A10 10 E EN
2.1-2 Spec. Course Small Bus.&Entrepreneurship EBB887A10 10 E EN
2.1-2 Spec. Course Strategy & Innovation EBB658A10 10 E EN
2.1 Dynamics of Industrial Capitalism EBB612A05 5 E EN
2.1 Finance II for E&BE EBB818A05 5 E EN
2.1 Quality Management EBB669A05 5 E EN
2.2 Business Ethics & Corporate Social Resp. EBB608A05 5 E EN
2.2 Emerging Markets EBB717A05 5 E EN
2.2 International Financial Management EBB627A05 5 E EN
2.2 International HRM EBB741A05 5 E EN
2.2 Management Accounting & Inf. Management EBB845B05 5 E EN
2.2 Sports Economics EBB920A05 5 E EN
2.2 Strategic Management EBB649B05 5 E EN

C2.3 Rules and choices


Rules and choices Pre-MSc Human Resource Management

Admission requirements Pre-MSc See the English-language website for practical


programme information & admissions, and Art. 6.5 of the
BSc OER.
Research Paper prerequisites Students need to have passed ‘Mathematics for
pre-MSc’ and ‘Business Research Methods for
pre-MSc’.
Pre-MSc programme approval Students can apply for approval in Progress.
Instructions are available on the internet.
MSc information meeting November and April/May

97
Student Handbook 2010-2011

Follow-on Master’s degree MSc Human Resource Management


programme
Admission requirements for MSc Completion of the Pre-MSc programme
Human Resource Management
Provisional admission to MSc HRM ≥ 50 ECTS credits of the pre-MSc programme
(for a maximum period of six (including ‘Introduction to HRM’,
months, which can be extended ‘Mathematics for pre-MSc’, ‘Business Research
once by six months, see art. 4.8 of Methods for pre-MSc’, the Research Paper for
the MSc OER) pre-MSc HRM), and
sufficient command of English (see art. 4.1 of
the MSc OER).
N.B. As of September 2011, the provisional
admission will probably be abolished.
Planning problems after provisional The combination of master’s courses with
admission (several) pre-MSc courses can lead to a
considerable delay.
Entrance to MSc HRM 1st of September (later is possible, but not
recommended due to the programme
structure)

98
Pre-Master’s programmes

C3 IB&M Pre-Master’s programme

C3.1 Programme description


Director: Dr P. P. M. Smid, p.p.m.smid@rug.nl, 050-363 3668
Coordinator: W. Lanting MSc, w.lanting@rug.nl, 050-363 2637
Admissions: Student Support Desk,
http://www.rug.nl/feb/studentsupport/premaster (for information or questions)
Study advisor(s): Student Support Desk,
http://www.rug.nl/feb/studentsupport/premaster (for information, questions or
appointments)

Programme Content
The Master of Science in International Business & Management (MSc IB&M) is a
programme at the Faculty of Economics and Business. The language of this
programme is English.
The pre-MSc programme IB&M is a programme especially intended for students
with a Bachelor’s degree of a so-called NVAO accredited HBO institute of 240 ECTS
credits. The programme prepares for the MSc IB&M.
The programme is also intended for students who have gained an academic
Bachelor’s degree at an accredited faculty who do not immediately qualify for the
MSc IB&M, either from the Netherlands or abroad.

After passing the 1-year pre-MSc programme, you will be issued with a ‘proof of admission’
granting you admission to the Master of Science in International Business & Management
(MSc IB&M).

The scope of the pre-MSc programme International Business & Management is one
year (60 ECTS credits). The programme includes 55 ECTS credits which are fixed and
5 ECTS credits in electives. You choose one of four possible courses.
A ‘Research paper for pre-MSc’ course of 10 ECTS credits is also included. This paper
is scheduled in the second semester. To be allowed to participate in this course, you
need to have passed ‘Mathematics for pre-MSc’ and ‘Business Research Methods for
pre-MSc’.
At the end of the academic year, you should have obtained at least 50 ECTS credits in
the pre-MSc programme, including the ‘Research paper for pre-MSc’ and
compulsory Master-specific courses, in this case: ‘Managing International Business
Organizations’ (see Article 4.8 of the MSc OER). In that case you are allowed
provisionally to start the Master’s programme, while you finish the pre-MSc.
If, at the end of the academic year, you have got at least 50 ECTS credits, but failed
the Research paper or Managing International Business Organizations, you will not
be admitted to the MSc, but you may continue in the pre-MSc in the following year.

99
Student Handbook 2010-2011

When you have finished these mandatory courses successfully, you are admitted to
the MSc IB&M.

If you fail to achieve 50 ECTS credits within one year, you fail the whole programme. You
cannot start the MSc and you may not continue the pre-MSc programme. In this case the
only entry to the Master’s programme is to graduate with a BSc in IB&M. Failed pre-
MSc students may request exemptions on the basis of earlier training or experience
from the Board of Examiners for the courses that they did pass during their pre-MSc
year.

Career prospects
After completing the Master’s degree, a wide range of business management careers
in international, multinational or transnational companies and organizations will be
open. Graduates have found positions with an obvious international dimension, such
as export manager, international marketer or international sales manager. Other
positions such as product manager, treasury manager, human resources manager
and management development officer are also important options.
Moreover, the programme will also provide the skills, knowledge and expertise
appropriate to a career in a non-profit organizational setting, such as health care
industry, the cultural and entertainment sector.
Finally, students may also consider pursuing an academic career.

C3.2 Programme overview


C = Compulsory; E = Elective; EG = Elective Group; lang = language; courses marked
with ** may be taken in other periods. See the course description in Ocasys for more
details.

Programme: Pre-MSc Programmes (English)


Year: 1
Profile: Pre-MSc International Business & Management/IB&M

sem course title code EC C/E lang


1.1-2 Managing Int. Business Organizations EBB638A10 10 C EN
1.1 Mathematics for Pre-MSc EBS002A05 5 C EN
1.1 Organization Theory & Design for Pre-MSc EBS003A05 5 C EN
1.2 Business Research Methods for Pre-MSc EBS001A10 10 C EN
2.1-2 Research Paper for Pre-MSc IB&M EBS014A10 10 C EN
2.1 International Marketing EBP661B05 5 C EN
2.1 International Strategic Management EBB628A05 5 C EN
2.1 Dynamics of Industrial Capitalism EBB612A05 5 EG EN
2.2 or Bus. Ethics & Corporate Social Resp. EBB608A05 5 EG EN
2.2 or Emerging Markets EBB717A05 5 EG EN
2.2 or International HRM EBB741A05 5 EG EN
2.2 International Financial Management EBB627A05 5 C EN

100
Pre-Master’s programmes

NB The student must choose 1 course from the options group.


Students who wish to pursue the IFM double degree programme within the MSc IB&M
and who have not followed any courses in corporate finance cannot choose an elective
course. Instead they must take 'Financial Management for TM' (EBB751B05).

C3.3 Rules and choices


Rules and choices Pre-MSc International Business and Management
Admission requirements Pre-MSc See the English-language website for practical
programme information & admissions, and Art. 6.5 of the
BSc OER.
Research Paper prerequisites Students need to have passed ‘Mathematics for
pre-MSc’ and ‘Business Research Methods for
pre-MSc’.
Pre-MSc programme approval Students can apply for approval in Progress.
Instructions are available on the internet.
MSc information meeting November and April/May

Follow-on Master’s degree MSc International Business & Management


programme
Admission requirements for MSc Completion of the Pre-MSc programme
International Business and
Management
Provisional admission to MSc IB&M ≥ 50 ECTS credits of the pre-MSc programme
(for a maximum period of six (including ‘Managing International Business
months, which can be extended Organizations’, ‘Mathematics for pre-MSc’,
once by six months, see art. 4.8 of ‘Business Research Methods for pre-MSc’, the
the MSc OER) Research Paper for pre-MSc IB&M), and
sufficient command of English (see art. 4.1 of
the MSc OER).
N.B. As of September 2011, the provisional
admission will probably be abolished.
Planning problems after provisional The combination of master’s courses with
admission (several) pre-MSc courses can lead to a
considerable delay.
Entrance to MSc IB&M 1st of September (later is possible, but not
recommended due to the programme
structure)

101
Student Handbook 2010-2011

C4 IE&B Pre-Master’s programme

C4.1 Programme description


Director: Dr P. P. M. Smid, p.p.m.smid@rug.nl, 050-363 3668
Coordinator: W. Lanting MSc, w.lanting@rug.nl, 050-363 2637
Admissions: Student Support Desk,
http://www.rug.nl/feb/studentsupport/premaster (for information or questions)
Study advisor(s): Student Support Desk,
http://www.rug.nl/feb/studentsupport/premaster (for information, questions or
appointments)

Programme content
The Master of Science in International Economics & Business (MSc IE&B) is a
programme at the Faculty of Economics and Business. The language of this
programme is English.
The pre-MSc programme IE&B is a programme especially intended for students
with a Bachelor’s degree of a so-called NVAO accredited HBO institute of 240 ECTS
credits. The programme prepares for the MSc IE&B.
The programme is also intended for students who have gained an academic
Bachelor’s degree at an accredited faculty who do not immediately qualify for the
MSc IE&B, either from the Netherlands or abroad.

After passing the 1-year pre-MSc programme, you will be issued with a ‘proof of admission’
granting you admission to the Master of Science in International Economics & Business
(MSc IE&B).

The scope of the pre-MSc programme International Economics & Business is one year
(60 ECTS credits). A ‘Research paper for pre-MSc’ of 10 ECTS credits is included.
This paper is scheduled in the second semester. To be allowed to participate in this
course ‘Research paper for pre-MSc’, you need to have passed ‘Mathematics for pre-
MSc’, ‘Statistics II for IE&B’, and ‘Business Research Methods for Pre-MSc IE&B’.
At the end of the academic year, you should have obtained at least 50 ECTS credits in
the pre-MSc programme, including the ‘Research paper for pre-MSc’ and the
specialization course IE&B. In that case you can provisionally start the Master’s
programme and meanwhile finish the pre-MSc.
If, at the end of the academic year, you have got at least 50 ECTS credits, but failed
the Research paper or the specialization course IE&B , you will not be admitted to the
MSc, but you may continue in the pre-MSc in the following year. When you
succesfully finish these mandatory courses, you are admitted to the MSc IE&B.

If you fail to achieve 50 ECTS credits within the year, you will fail the whole programme.
You cannot start the MSc and you may not continue the pre-MSc programme.

102
Pre-Master’s programmes

In this case, the only entry to the Master’s programme is to graduate as a bachelor
IE&B. Failed pre-MSc students may request exemptions on the basis of earlier
training or experience from the Board of Examiners for the courses that they did pass
during their pre-MSc year.

Career prospects
Graduates of IE&B can operate in many different spheres of activity. This also
depends on the chosen subject of the master’s thesis. Generally, the strength of our
graduates is their advanced knowledge of business and economic issues, which
opens a wide range of doors onto the labour market. Here are a number of jobs that
graduates can do:
– Strategy analyst with a multinational enterprise, specializing in market
development and competitive positions.
– International economic consultant with an (inter)national governmental
organization.
– Business consultant with an internationally operating consultancy firm.
– International acquisition manager.

C4.2 Programme overview


C = Compulsory; E = Elective; EG = Elective Group; lang = language; courses marked
with ** may be taken in other periods. See the course description in Ocasys for more
details.

Programme: Pre-MSc Programmes (English)


Year: 1
Profile: Pre-MSc International Economics & Business/IE&B

sem course title code EC C/E lang


1.1 Mathematics for Pre-MSc EBS002A05 5 C EN
1.1 Microeconomics I for E&BE EBP819A05 5 C EN
1.1 Statistics II for IE&B EBB874B05 5 C EN
1.2 Business Research Meth. for Pre-MSc IE&B EBS001A05 5 C EN
1.2 International Business Strategy EBB023A05 5 C EN
1.2 International Industrial Economics EBB836A05 5 C EN
2.1-2 Research Paper for Pre-MSc IE&B EBS015A10 10 C EN
2.1-2 Spec. Course IE&B EBB029A10 10 C EN
2.1 International Economics IIa for E&BE EBB003B05 5 C EN
2.2 Economics of Strategy EBB019A05 5 EG EN
2.2 or International Economics IIb for E&BE EBB834B05 5 EG EN

103
Student Handbook 2010-2011

C4.3 Rules and choices


Rules and choices Pre-MSc International Economics and Business
Admission requirements Pre-MSc See the English-language website for practical
programme information & admissions, and Art. 6.5 of the
BSc OER.
Research Paper prerequisites Students need to have passed ‘Mathematics for
pre-MSc’, ‘Statistics II for IE&B’, and ‘Business
Research Methods for pre-MSc IE&B’.
Pre-MSc programme approval Students can apply for approval in Progress.
Instructions are available on the internet.
MSc information meeting November and April/May

Follow-on Master’s degree MSc International Economics & Business


programme
Admission requirements for MSc Completion of the Pre-MSc programme
International Economics and
Business
Provisional admission to MSc IE&B ≥ 50 ECTS credits of the pre-MSc programme
(for a maximum period of six (including ‘Mathematics for pre-MSc’,
months, which can be extended ‘Statistics II for IE&B’, ‘Business Research
once by six months, see art. 4.8 of Methods for pre-MSc IE&B’, the ‘Research
the MSc OER) Paper for pre-MSc IE&B’, the Specialization
Course IE&B), and
sufficient command of English (see art. 4.1 of
the MSc OER).
N.B. As of September 2011, the provisional
admission will probably be abolished.
Planning problems after provisional The combination of master’s courses with
admission (several) pre-MSc courses can lead to a
considerable delay.
Entrance to MSc IE&B 1st of September (later is possible, but not
recommended due to the programme
structure)

104
Pre-Master’s programmes

C5 Technology Management Pre-Master’s programme

C5.1 Programme description


Director: Dr J. Riezebos, 050 363 4853, j.riezebos@rug.nl
Coordinator: Dr G. C. Ruël, 050-363 7314, g.c.ruel@rug.nl
Secretary: Ms N. van de Beek, 050 363 3921, n.van.de.beek@rug.nl
Study advisor(s): Student Support Desk,
http://www.rug.nl/feb/studentsupport/premaster (for information, questions or
appointments)

Introduction
The pre-MSc programme in Technology Management at the University of Groningen
is designed for students with an academic BSc or MSc degree in Technical Sciences
such as Industrial Engineering, Mechanical Engineering, Chemical Engineering,
Information Technology, Computer Sciences or Physics. All courses are taught in
English.
The pre-MSc in Technology Management concentrates on business studies and
business research skills. It prepares students for the MSc Technology Management.
After successful completion of that programme, students are awarded an MSc in
Technology Management from the University of Groningen.

Aim of the MSc Technology Management


The MSc Technology Management provides students with the knowledge, tools and
skills to manage technological innovations in products, services and processes.
Graduates understand the complexity of the various types of innovation and are able
to identify relevant managerial options. They are able to assess technological
innovations in terms of business economics, and their possible impact on the socio-
technical system of a firm. Graduates are trained in applying an integrated view to
technological innovation, building on integrated frameworks of strategic
management and the required practicality of technology business plans. The
programme is designed to provide graduates with a springboard to careers in
technology management. The programme also provides a solid basis for research-
oriented positions in the area of technology management.

The need for Technology Managers in industry and service organizations


Technological innovations are currently one of the most important means for the
success of organizations in a competitive environment. Product and/or process
innovation may result in new markets and/or a better overall performance.
Technological innovations usually have an impact on the whole organization and its
environment or on the design thereof. It impels the need for an integrative approach
to technological innovations. The MSc program Technology Management provides
students with the relevant theories, concepts and ‘tools’ required for such an
integrative approach.

105
Student Handbook 2010-2011

Pre-MSc Technology Management programme


The table in C5.2 presents the programme for the pre-MSc in Technology
Management. It consists of compulsory courses (noted by a “C” in the column
headed “C/E”, totalling 45 ECTS credits) and electives (noted by an “E” in the same
column, totalling 15 ECTS credits) and is a one-year programme. It provides a solid
background in business and economics as well as business research methods for a
successful completion of the MSc Technology Management.

Please note that given your specific educational background, exemption for certain
courses may be granted or other courses can be added to your programme. If you
would like to apply for this, please contact the coordinator (Dr. G. C. Ruël,
g.c.ruel@rug.nl) before starting your programme. Elective courses are not limited to
those in the table in C5.2. Students must discuss their list of preferred electives with
the coordinator of the programme. Students receive a certificate after finalizing 60
ECTS credits of the pre-MSc programme, which grants them direct admission to the
MSc Technology Management. The length of the MSc Technology Management is a
one-year programme. Details of the courses can be found in the course catalogue
Ocasys.

Career prospects
The technical expertise and business management insights of technology
management graduates make them ideally suited to jobs at the interface of
management and technology. Product manager and process technologist are among
the jobs offered to technology managers. Some of our graduates have also found
employement in the service sector or working for the government. Jobs suited to
technology managers include analyst, consultant, brand manager, industrial
engineer, information analyst, organization advisor, production manager and quality
manager. In fact, virtually all our graduates find jobs shortly after graduating.

A technology management graduate is at home in organizations that focus on


innovation. That means not only looking at existing solutions, but searching for new
opportunities by integrating technologies. Students develop the necessary skills and
talents during the degree programme. The challenge is to dare to ask critical
questions, not be satisfied with the first answer and always check if there’s a better
way. A technology manager is in fact at home anywhere, as long as there is a focus
on technology and a continual push for improvement.

Many companies are in need of a technology manager. They vary from the food
industry, the textile industry and the metal industry to the computer industry.
Technology managers are wanted everywhere. Here are just a few of the possible
companies: FrieslandCampina, Lidl, VSH Fittings, Bolletje, John Deere, KLM, Oracle,
Achmea, KPMG and of course the University of Groningen.

106
Pre-Master’s programmes

C5.2 Programme overview


C = Compulsory; E = Elective; EG = Elective Group; lang = language; courses marked
with ** may be taken in other periods. See the course description in Ocasys for more
details.

Programme: Pre-MSc Programmes (English)


Year: 1
Profile: Pre-MSc Technology Management/TM

sem course title code EC C/E lang


1.1-2 Spec. Course OMC: Man. Accounting** EBB884A10 10 C EN
1.1-2 Spec. Course Operations & Supply Chains** EBB660A10 10 C EN
1.1 International Business I EBP808B05 5 C EN
1.1 Organization Theory & Design for Pre-MSc EBS003A05 5 C EN
1.1 General Process Equipment (C) CHTGPE05E 5 EG NL
1.1 or Purchasing Management EBB742A05 5 EG EN
1.2 Statistics II for IB&M EBB682A05 5 C EN
1.2 Applied Manufacturing Management TBAMM05E 5 EG NL
1.2 or E-Business EBB666A05 5 EG EN
2.1 Production Organization and Control EBB650B05 5 C EN
2.1 Research Methods II for IB&M EBB633A05 5 C EN
2.2 Financial Management for TM EBB751B05 5 C EN

C5.3 Rules and choices


Rules and choices Pre-MSc Technology Management
Admission requirements Pre- See the English-language website for practical
MSc programme information & admissions, and art. 6.5 of the BSc
OER.
Pre-MSc programme approval Students can apply for approval in Progress.
Instructions are available on the internet.
MSc information meeting November and April/May

Follow-on Master’s degree MSc Technology Management


programme
Admission requirements for MSc Completion of the Pre-MSc programme
Technology Management6
Provisional admission to MSc ≥ 45 ECTS credits of the pre-MSc programme, and
TM (for a maximum period of six sufficient command of English (see art. 4.1 of the
months, which can be extended MSc OER).
once by six months, see art. 4.8 of N.B. As of September 2011, the provisional
the MSc OER) admission will probably be abolished.

107
Student Handbook 2010-2011

Planning problems after The combination of master’s courses with


provisional admission (several) pre-MSc courses can lead to a
considerable delay.
Entrance to MSc TM 1st of September (later is possible, but not
recommended due to the programme structure)

108
Master’s degrees

Part D Master’s degrees

D1 Admissions and Registration


The Teaching and Examination Regulations (OER) for Master’s degrees at the Faculty
of Economics and Business state which Bachelor’s programmes grant admission to
an MSc. In all other cases, admission is at the discretion of the Admissions Board.
Current information about admissions and registration for an MSc are to be found on
the website, under ‘Master programmes – admissions’.

For all Master’s programmes, the following applies:

Admission requirements
You may start a Master’s degree programme if you
– have a Bachelor’s degree certificate that grants direct admission to the Master’s
degree programme
– or have completed the preparatory Pre-Master’s bridging programme/ pre-MSc
programme.

You can be provisionally admitted to a Master’s degree programme if you


– have yet to obtain no more than 15 ECTS credit points in the relevant Bachelor’s
degree programme or in the TM or A&C bridging programme
– and you have finished your Bachelor’s thesis. (This applies to Bachelor’s students
who started in September 2008 or later)
– or have gained at least 50 ECTS credit points in your pre-MSc programme
(including any path-specific specialization course and the research paper)
Students who are provisionally admitted may follow Master’s courses. Occasionally,
a specialization course is specified as an entry requirement for a Master's course.
Please note: pre-MSc degree programme students may be provisionally admitted to a
Master’
Provisional admission continues to apply as long as the Bachelor’s degree certificate
or the proof of admission to the Master’s phase have not been gained and is valid for
six months, with the possibility of one six-month extension. Provisional admission
for Bachelor’s students who started before September 2008 is valid for one year.
To apply for provisional admission, please go to
http://www.rug.nl/feb/informatievoor/studenten/DirectRegelen.

The Research Master has a selection procedure. The criteria are set out in the OER for
this degree programme (see the Faculty website or the CD-ROM).

Registration
In June, Studielink sends students an e-mail message about the reregistration
procedure. In Studielink, you can indicate which Master’s degree programme you
wish to take in the next academic year. In case you are not certain in June if you will

109
Student Handbook 2010-2011

satisfy the admission requirements by 1 September, you must reregister for your
current Bachelor’s degree programme and for the future Master’s degree. As long as
you do not have the relevant Bachelor’s degree certificate or a proof of admission to
the Master's degree, you will remain automatically registered for the Bachelor's
degree/bridging programme. As soon as you have gained your Bachelor’s degree
certificate (or a proof of admission to the Master’s degree), you will be formally
registered for the Master’s degree programme by the University Student Desk.

For Master’s programmes in the Faculty of Economics and Business for which no
‘follow-on’ arrangement exists, the following applies:
If you do not yet know which Master’s degree you wish to pursue, you can contact a
study advisor. Should you already have made a decision, you can contact the
relevant programme coordinator in order to discuss the contents of the degree.
Following this, you should formally request admission through the Admissions
Office (admissions.feb@rug.nl). Decisions about whether or not an application will be
accepted and about deficit programmes will be taken by a Board of Admissions.
Current information about the admissions procedure is available on the website of
Economics and Business, under ‘Master programmes – admissions’.

For the 30 ECTS credit programme at the northern Hogescholen and the
University, the following applies:
– Admission requirements: upon completion of a suitable HBO Bachelor’s
programme including the 30 EC programme, you can be directly admitted to a
profile within the Master of Science in Business Administration (MSc BA) or MSc
in Human Resource Management degrees. A student must be recommended by
the University of Applied Sciences (Hogeschool) for participation. Note: without
this HBO recommendation, admission will not be granted! The preparing
specialization courses for the chosen MSc programme must be part of the 30-EC
programme.
– Registration: you should collect the form ‘Verklaring Toelating Afsluitend
Examen’ (VTAE) from the Student Support Desk and submit it to the Admissions
Office with a copy of your Bachelor’s diploma and proof of completion of the 30-
EC programme. The Admissions Office will pass on your registration to the
University Student Desk. After registration through Studielink, you will receive a
registration pack at your postal address.

110
Master’s degrees

D2 MSc in Business Administration – Introduction


Director: Prof. A. Boonstra, albert.boonstra@rug.nl, 050-363 7289
Secretary: Ms M. A. Gorter-Bruinsma, m.a.gorter-bruinsma@rug.nl, 050-363 7529
Study advisor(s): Student Support Desk,
http://www.rug.nl/feb/studentsupport/masterstudent (for information, questions or
appointments)

General description
The Master of Science in Business Administration (MSc BA) is a degree programme
with nine specializations. Some of these specializations are slightly more business
studies oriented, and others are slightly more business economics oriented.

Vision and identity


Business studies is a multidisciplinary science which aims to integrate knowledge and
skills from at least three different disciplines: technical sciences (including the design
of production and service systems), social sciences (concentrating on explaining the
behaviour of individuals and groups in organizations) and economics, particularly
business economics. Business studies is about the design and operation of
organizations and their environment in their mutual relationships, with the emphasis
on the three perspectives outlined above. The problems and opportunities of
organizations are approached from the point of view of the dynamics and
complexity present. The approach is in stages, from diagnosis via design to change.
Within the field a wide range of research and design methodologies is used,
including quantitative and qualitative methods for empirical research, casuistics and
design theory. The broad nature of business studies means that many specialist
aspects will be dealt with during the course. Graduates must not only have
multidisciplinary expertise and knowledge of research methods, but also good
communicative skills such as writing, presentation and team work.

Business economics is an ever-changing but yet highly crystallized field. Business


economics concentrates on studying phenomena within and between organizations,
with the development of an effective and efficient collection of planning and
management tools as the most crucial aspect. The courses in business economics are
based on three characteristics. First, business economics knowledge must be
embedded in knowledge of and insight into economics in a wider sense. Second, the
scientific nature of the business economics programme is expressed by its use of
internationally recognized material as well as by the use of scientific research
methodologies. Third, students must solve concrete problems in organizations using
their specialist knowledge, thus requiring the acquisition of team work, writing and
presentation skills alongside their academic skills.

The differences between business studies and business economics at the RUG have
diminished in the past few years. In the labour market, graduates of business studies

111
Student Handbook 2010-2011

and business economics are often interchangeable and internationally, the difference
between the two seems to fade away. Abroad, business studies and business
economics are rarely distinguished, which is why the two faculties have long worked
together in a joint research school (SOM).

By offering a Master of Science in Business Administration (MSc BA), with specialist


business studies, business economics and research training at its core, the best
expertise from those fields is concentrated within a single reputable degree
programme. This has resulted in a qualitatively high-level teaching programme with
a wide specialist repertoire. As a result, the faculty is able to compete successfully in
both the international student market and the growing Dutch market for
internationally oriented English-language education.

The MSc BA has significantly increased the chances of BSc students from the faculty
to continue their studies. Students can transfer from a more business economics
oriented programme to a more business studies oriented programme and vice versa.

The grouping of lecturers and students from the faculty within the MSc BA has
created a stimulating environment for interdisciplinary cooperation. This is one of
the conditions for success both within academic research and in the labour market.

The MSc BA offers students of the bachelor’s degree programmes in Business


Administration, Business Economics and Economics and Management at the RUG, as
well as students of equivalent bachelor’s degree programmes from other institutes of
higher education in the Netherlands and abroad the chance to participate in a
stimulating master phase of their studies. The programme is of high quality and is
characterized by broad perspectives, depth and flexibility.

112
Master’s degrees

The specializations within the MSc BA


The diagram below provides an overview of the qualification routes and the
specializations within the MSc BA.

Business Development

Business & ICT

Change Management

BSc in
Finance
Business
Administrati
on MSc in Business
Marketing
Administration

BSc in Operations & Supply Chains


Business
Economics

Organizational & Management


Control

Small Business &


Entrepeneurship

Strategy & Innovation


particularly non-technical innovation

Broad programme (two profiles)

113
Student Handbook 2010-2011

An English-language specialization programme not only means that all teaching is in


English, but moreover that all oral presentations and written papers by students
must be in English.
In the broad programmes students can choose one out of two profiles. Marketing
offers the profiles Marketing Management and Research Based Marketing. The
specialization Finance has the profiles Corporate Financial Management and Risk &
Portfolio Management. Operations & Supply Chains has the profiles Production and
Distribution, and Services.

Structure
The structure of the specialization programmes is as follows:
– courses: 35 to 40 ECTS credits; of these courses up to a maximum of 20 ECTS
credits may be substituted for courses taken abroad. This should be approved of
by the coordinator of the specialization in advance.
– master’s thesis: 20 to 25 ECTS credits.
All courses are in English.

Quality guarantees
In the MSc BA, the interdependency of teaching and research is emphasized. In both
the courses and the master’s thesis, research into the field of the chosen specialization
plays an important role. On the one hand, this will be expressed by the choice of
literature. On the other hand, lecturers will present their own research, and this
research can also play a role when choosing and writing the master’s thesis.
The teaching of the master’s degree courses will be done almost exclusively by
qualified researchers, i.e. fellows and associate fellows of the research school. In
other instances, the lecturers will be recognized researchers with Dutch publications
to their name, or they will have other expertise, for example experience as managers,
advisors, consultants or supervisors.

Exchanges of students and staff are already taking place, and we are currently
expanding the number of strategic alliances with comparable partners abroad.

All the lecturers comply with the minimum requirements for English language
proficiency and where possible follow internships/sabbaticals abroad. There is a
deliberate international recruitment and selection policy. In case their scores in a
compulsory test are not sufficient, students of the faculty are obliged to follow a
tailor-made English course; this course is part of the regular bachelor’s electives. The
course concentrates on active skills, both writing and speaking.

Admission requirements to MSc BA


An admissions board decides who qualifies for the MSc BA. Admission is virtually
automatic with a bachelor’s degree of the University of Groningen in Business
Administration, Business Economics, or Economics and Management.

114
Master’s degrees

Each MSc BA field course has a certain third year course (the so-called specialization
course), which is strongly recommended. The field course is an introductory course
at the start of each specialization.

Students who need only 15 ECTS credits for their bachelor’s degree certificate may
apply for provisional admittance to the MSc BA. Also for all students who started in
2008-2009 or later, the BSc Thesis needs be completed for provisional admission. See
elsewhere in this Student Handbook under the programme descriptions for more
details about specialization courses and their equivalent ‘old’ courses.

Provisional admission means that although students may follow the courses and take
the examinations, they may not yet register for the MSc BA. They remain registered
for a bachelor’s degree programme. The provisional admission is granted for a
maximum of one year, see also the Teaching and Examination Regulations. As soon
as they have cleared their deficiencies, definite admission is possible and students
may register for the MSc BA.

Students from other Dutch universities or universities abroad will have different
backgrounds in knowledge and competences. Students with bachelor’s degrees in
Business Administration and Business Economics from Dutch universities will
generally be admitted without supplementary conditions. Students from universities
abroad will need to be assessed more thoroughly for suitability.

HBO students can transfer in two ways. First, they can follow a specific transfer
programme lasting one year. After passing this programme, students receive a
certificate, which qualifies them for the MSc BA in the manner described above.
Second, a 30-ECTS credits transfer package is part of the regular HBO course for a
selected group of HBO students at one of the northern Hogescholen. This type of
HBO certificate only qualifies a student for those specializations of the MSc BA that
dovetail with the HBO course in question.

The Admissions Office of the faculty must have received requests for
admission/provisional admission for the MSc BA before May 1st for non-EU
students, and before July 1st for students within the EU.

115
Student Handbook 2010-2011

D3 MSc BA – Business Development

D3.1 Programme description


Coordinator: Dr K.R.E. Huizingh, k.r.e.huizingh@rug.nl, 050-363 3779
Secretary: Ms J.M. Wiersema, j.m.wiersema@rug.nl, 050-363 6543
Study advisor(s): Student Support Desk,
http://www.rug.nl/feb/studentsupport/masterstudent (for information, questions or
appointments)

Aim/content
Business development is necessary for any company. Competition is fierce, products
are rapidly becoming obsolete, and customers are more and more demanding. The
frequency with which new technologies replace old ones is increasing too. An
important condition for guaranteeing the continuity of an enterprise is a well-
organized business development process: the integrated development of (new)
goods or services, and markets. Companies need to understand the social and
technological trends and market developments to be able to proactively offer new
products (product = physical good and/or service). Therefore, the main question
asked by the Business Development (BD) specialization is ‘How can a company (or
institution) best develop a new product and launch it in the market’. This is a
comprehensive combination of two actual business questions, i.e. product
development and market development. Recent research has demonstrated the
importance of Business Development for successful business operation and its
continuation.
Many well-known companies, like Unilever, Coca-Cola and Philips, have had painful
innovation experiences. Sometimes it was a new washing powder that failed, or the
unsuccessful introduction of a new video system. Sometimes product developments
take years to be properly absorbed by the market. Coca-Cola tested the possibilities
of Coke in cans as early as the 1940s, but they had to wait until the 1960s before it
became a success. In other words, Business Development is not marketing and it is
not product development but rather the development of the links between the two
and how to organize that connection.
The main themes in the Business Development courses are derived from market,
product and technology development on the one hand, and organization science on
the other. Market, product and technology development are mainly concerned with
issues such as strategy, entrepreneurship, the relationship between customer needs
and ideas for product development of goods and services. Organization science is
concerned with organizing the Business Development process and the related
processes of organizational design and organizational change.

Career prospects
This specialization trains you for (junior) positions in the fields of product
development and innovation, marketing and product development and

116
Master’s degrees

organizational change in the light of product and market development. Business


Development graduates have found work in the following positions, among others:
– manager business development;
– product development and product innovation employee;
– product manager and marketeer for technological companies;
– innovation advisor;
– manager new developments in non-profit organizations (for example VNO-
NCW, trade organizations, provinces and municipalities);
– management trainee in organizational development;
– director or co-director of start-ups.

D3.2 Degree programme


C = Compulsory; E = Elective; EG = Elective Group; lang = language; courses marked
with ** may be taken in other periods. See the course description in Ocasys for more
details.

Programme: MSc BA - Business Development


Year: 1
Profile: core programme Business Development

sem course title code EC C/E lang


1.1 Business Development Management EBM628A05 5 C EN
1.1 Field Course Business Development Ia EBM607A05 5 C EN
1.1 elective Business Development (see list) 5 C EN
1.2 Field Course Business Development Ib EBM607B05 5 C EN
1.2 Organizing Innovation EBM622B05 5 C EN
1.2 Service Innovation EBM736B05 5 C EN
2.1-2 Master’s Thesis BA BD EBM721A25 25 C EN
2.1 Development Research Design BD EBM654A05 5 C EN

Programme: MSc BA - Business Development


Year: 1
Profile: electives Business Development

sem course title code EC C/E lang


1.1-2 Field Course Marketing EBM819A10 10 E EN
1.1 Innovation & Entrepreneurship EBM621A05 5 E EN
1.1 Strategic HRM EBM011A05 5 E EN
1.1 Theories of Organizational Change EBM013A05 5 E EN
1.2 Capturing Value from Innovation EBM738A05 5 E EN
1.2 E-commerce EBM813A05 5 E EN
2.1-2 Consumer Behavior EBM809A10 10 E EN

117
Student Handbook 2010-2011

2.1 Advanced Quality Management EBM632A05 5 E EN


2.1 Business Marketing EBM808A05 5 E EN
2.1 Management Consulting EBM706A05 5 E EN

D3.3 Rules and choices


Rules and choices MSc BA - Business Development
MSc information meeting November and April/May

MSc admission requirements Bachelor’s degree in Business Administration, or


Business Economics, or
Economics and Management, or
completed BA BD Pre-MSc-programme, and
sufficient command of English (see Art. 4.1 of the
MSc OER).
For entry requirements with other bachelor’s
degrees, see Section 4 of the MSc OER
Provisional admission to MSc BA ≥ 165 ECTS credits of the bachelor’s degree
Business Development (for a programme (for students who first enrolled in
maximum period of six months, September 2008 or later: including Bachelor’s
which can be extended once by Thesis), or
six months; for students enrolled ≥ 50 ECTS credits of the Pre-MSc programme
before September 2008 the (including the Specialization Course Business
maximum period is 12 months; Development, ‘Mathematics for Pre-MSc’,
see art. 4.8 of the MSc OER) ‘Business Research Methods for Pre-MSc’, the
Research Paper for Pre-MSc BA BD), and
sufficient command of English (see art. 4.1 of the
MSc OER).
Some master’s courses may have additional
prerequisites. See the course descriptions in
Ocasys.
N.B. As of September 2011, the provisional
admission will probably be abolished.
Planning problems after The combination of master’s courses with
provisional admission (several) bachelor’s courses can lead to a
considerable delay.
Entrance to MSc BA - Business 1st of September (later is possible, but not
Development recommended due to the programme structure)
MSc course prerequisites See the course descriptions in Ocasys.
It is strongly recommended that applicants pass
the related specialization course of this degree
programme..
Master’s Thesis prerequisites Bachelor’s degree or certificate of the pre-MSc
programme and
≥ 20 ECTS credits of master’s courses

118
Master’s degrees

MSc programme approval Students can apply for approval in Progress.


Instructions are available on the internet.

119
Student Handbook 2010-2011

D4 MSc BA – Business & ICT

D4.1 Programme description


Coordinator: Prof. E.W. Berghout, e.w.berghout@rug.nl, 050-3633721
Secretary: Mrs D. van Lingen-Elzinga, D.van.Lingen-Elzinga@rug.nl, 050-3633864
Study advisor(s): Student Support Desk,
http://www.rug.nl/feb/studentsupport/masterstudent (for information, questions or
appointments)

Objectives and content


Business & ICT (Information and Communication Technology) is a specialization
within the Business Administration programme that enables participants to study
the important role of ICT within and between organizations.
Many industries are going through dramatic changes. Examples are: financial
services, music industry, TV broadcasting, telecommunications and the travel
industry. Their business depends on successful deployment of new ICT.
Many times this concerns the improvement of business processes as well as making
them more cost effective. In other cases, the purpose is to reach new customers or to
bring new products or services to market.
It will be clear that such initiatives cause many changes in working procedures and
in employee tasks. New web-based information systems have to be developed, and
future plans for the information function as well as for the company as a whole have
to be established. All this is covered by Business & ICT: innovating but also
implementing changes.

In the Business & ICT specialization, you will learn to study the interaction between
ICT and business from different angles. We start with a strategic angle by assessing
the importance of ICT for a business. We then focus on the following aspects:
the business processes concerned with the creation of products and services;
the information systems that support the business processes and decision-making;
the consequences of ICT systems for organizations and human actors.
Courses are taught in close cooperation with industrial partners. Most courses
include practical assignments.
In addition, there are options designed to deepen your insight. These can be either
more technical or more strategic courses. Examples are knowledge management,
logistics information systems, e-business and strategy & innovation.

Career prospects
Business & ICT graduates typically advise on strategic possibilities and
organizational consequences of ICT. Their career often starts as internal or external
consultants. However, they also frequently enter general management trainee-ships.
More advanced professions are IT director, chief information officer, advanced ICT
sales functions and general management functions.

120
Master’s degrees

D4.2 Degree programme


C = Compulsory; E = Elective; EG = Elective Group; lang = language; courses marked
with ** may be taken in other periods. See the course description in Ocasys for more
details.

Programme: MSc BA - Business & ICT


Year: 1
Profile: core programme Business & ICT

sem course title code EC C/E lang


1.1-2 Field Course Bus. & ICT: Strategy & ICT EBM650A10 10 C EN
1.1-2 elective(s) Business & ICT (see list) 10 C EN
1.1-2 Business Processes & ICT EBM646A10 10 EG EN
1.1-2 and/or ICT: Human & Organizational Issues EBM653A10 10 EG EN
2.1 and/or ICT Systems EBM652A10 10 EG EN
2.1-2 Master’s Thesis BA Business & ICT EBM865A20 20 C EN

NB At least two courses must be chosen from Business Processes & ICT, ICT Systems, ICT:
Human & Organizational Issues. Furthermore, courses totalling 10 EC should be
selected from the list below. It is not obligatory to select courses which are not part of
the Business & ICT profile.

Programme: MSc BA - Business & ICT


Year: 1
Profile: electives Business & ICT

sem course title code EC C/E lang


1.1-2 Field Course Marketing EBM819A10 10 E EN
1.1-2 Inf. Systems for Operations & Supply Ch. EBM658A05 5 E EN
1.1-2 Strategy & Innovation EBM679A10 10 E EN
1.1 Field Course Business Development Ia EBM607A05 5 E EN
1.2 E-commerce EBM813A05 5 E EN
1.2 Field Course Business Development Ib EBM607B05 5 E EN
2.1 Business Intelligence TBBI05E 5 E EN

D4.3 Rules and choices


Rules and choices MSc BA - Business & ICT
MSc information meeting November and April/May

MSc admission requirements Bachelor’s degree in Business Administration, or


Business Economics, or
Economics and Management, or
completed BA B&ICT Pre-MSc-programme, and

121
Student Handbook 2010-2011

sufficient command of English (see Art. 4.1 of the


MSc OER).
For entry requirements with other bachelor’s
degrees, see Section 4 of the MSc OER
Provisional admission to MSc BA ≥ 165 ECTS credits of the bachelor’s degree
Business & ICT (for a maximum programme (for students who first enrolled in
period of six months, which can September 2008 or later: including Bachelor’s
be extended once by six months; Thesis), or
for students enrolled before ≥ 50 ECTS credits of the Pre-MSc programme
September 2008 the maximum (including the Specialization Course Business &
period is 12 months; ICT, ‘Mathematics for Pre-MSc’, ‘Business
see art. 4.8 of the MSc OER) Research Methods for Pre-MSc’, the Research
Paper for Pre-MSc BA B&ICT), and
sufficient command of English (see art. 4.1 of the
MSc OER).
Some master’s courses may have additional
prerequisites. See the course descriptions in
Ocasys.
N.B. As of September 2011, the provisional
admission will probably be abolished.
Planning problems after The combination of master’s courses with
provisional admission (several) bachelor’s courses can lead to a
considerable delay.
Entrance to MSc BA - Business & 1st of September (later is possible, but not
ICT recommended due to the programme structure)
MSc course prerequisites See the course descriptions in Ocasys.
It is strongly recommended that applicants pass
the related specialization course of this degree
programme.
Master’s Thesis prerequisites Bachelor’s degree or certificate of the pre-MSc
programme and
≥ 20 ECTS credits of master’s courses
MSc programme approval Students can apply for approval in Progress.
Instructions are available on the internet.

122
Master’s degrees

D5 MSc BA – Change Management

D5.1 Programme description


Coordinator: Dr C. Reezigt, c.reezigt@rug.nl, 050-363 3858
Secretary: Ms C.R. Teuben, c.r.teuben@rug.nl, 050-3634288
Study advisor(s): Student Support Desk,
http://www.rug.nl/feb/studentsupport/masterstudent (for information, questions or
appointments)

Objectives and content


Changing, i.e. responding to market and other developments, tends to be essential
for the survival of today's organizations. To organize is to change and to change is to
organize. In the past, change management was a subject only addressed incidentally:
once a business had been through a process of change, it was time for a period of
consolidation. However, nowadays change is a crucial and permanently topical
matter for organizations. This in turn creates a need for change experts, that is,
people who know how to design and how to manage change processes that
simultaneously take place in areas such as business processes, strategy,
organizational structure, leadership style and human resource management. The
specialization of Change Management will train these experts. Participants in this
programme gain insight into the processes behind change, the impact that changes
may have on an organization and its members, and the role change managers (line
managers or internal or external consultants) may play in this. More specifically,
participants will learn about different change strategies that have been developed,
including intervention tools that are helpful for enacting those strategies. They will
also acquire the communicative and social skills needed to manage change
programmes, on individual, group as well as organization levels. Further, they will
learn how to conduct research into change management related subjects. Graduates
of the Change Management programme are able to work independently as change
managers within organizations. Near to half of the programme, covering 25 ECTS
credits, consists of courses that are compulsory for all participants. In addition to
that, electives, together covering 10 ECTS credits, have to be selected. These electives
enable students to specialize further in fields such as strategy & innovation and ICT,
which are fields organizational change plays an important role in. Furthermore, a
substantial (20 ECTS credits) part of the programme is devoted to writing a thesis
including doing research to that end. That individual work is facilitated and
supported in a 5 ECTS credits course, labeled 'skills training and thesis preparation':
an ongoing workshop to help students to link theory with practice and research.

Career prospects
Graduates of Business Administration and Business Economics with an
understanding of change management are much in demand. They are flexible and
can develop in many directions, for example through consultancy projects. They can

123
Student Handbook 2010-2011

start working as management trainees, internal consultants, policy consultants or


members of a project team in profit as well as non-profit organizations. A quarter of
all graduates of Business Administration find jobs in consultancy. Graduates of
Change Management are particularly equipped for this.

D5.2 Degree programme


C = Compulsory; E = Elective; EG = Elective Group; lang = language; courses marked
with ** may be taken in other periods. See the course description in Ocasys for more
details.

Programme: MSc BA - Change Management


Year: 1
Profile: core programme Change Management

sem course title code EC C/E lang


1.1-2 + Skills Training & Thesis Prep. MSc BA CM EBM626A05 5 C EN
2.1-2
1.1-2 Field Course Change Management EBM625A10 10 C EN
1.1-2 elective(s) Change Management (see list) 10 C EN
1.1 Theories of Organizational Change EBM013A05 5 C EN
1.2 Work Design and Team Processes EBM012A05 5 C EN
2.1-2 Master’s Thesis BA Change Management EBM724A20 20 C EN
2.1 Management Consulting EBM706A05 5 C EN

NB Skills Training & Thesis Prep. MSc BA CM starts at the very beginning of the academic
year (that is, in september). Enrolment in the course in block 2.1 is possible only for
Change Management students who fully participated in it in 1.1 and 1.2. Consult the
course descriptions.

Programme: MSc BA - Change Management


Year: 1
Profile: electives Change Management

sem course title code EC C/E lang


1.1-2 Business Processes & ICT EBM646A10 10 E EN
1.1-2 Field Course O&MC EBM648B10 10 E EN
1.1-2 ICT: Human & Organizational Issues EBM653A10 10 E EN
1.1-2 Strategy & Innovation EBM679A10 10 E EN
1.1 Corporate Governance & Stakeholder Man. EBM671A05 5 E EN
1.1 Innovation & Entrepreneurship EBM621A05 5 E EN
1.2 E-commerce EBM813A05 5 E EN
1.2 Organizing Innovation EBM622B05 5 E EN
1.2 Personnel Economics EBM678A05 5 E EN

124
Master’s degrees

2.1 Advanced Quality Management EBM632A05 5 E EN


2.1 Conflict Man. & Industrial Relations EBM673A05 5 E EN

D5.3 Rules and choices


Rules and choices MSc BA - Change Management
MSc information meeting November and April/May

MSc admission requirements Bachelor’s degree in Business Administration, or


Business Economics, or
Economics and Management, or
completed BA CM Pre-MSc-programme, and
sufficient command of English (see Art. 4.1 of the
MSc OER).
For entry requirements with other bachelor’s
degrees, see Section 4 of the MSc OER
Provisional admission to MSc BA ≥ 165 ECTS credits of the bachelor’s degree
Change Management (for a programme (for students who first enrolled in
maximum period of six months, September 2008 or later: including Bachelor’s
which can be extended once by Thesis), or
six months; for students enrolled ≥ 50 ECTS credits of the Pre-MSc programme
before September 2008 the (including ‘Organizational Change’, ‘Mathematics
maximum period is 12 months; for Pre-MSc’, ‘Business Research Methods for Pre-
see art. 4.8 of the MSc OER) MSc’, the Research Paper for Pre-MSc BA CM),
and sufficient command of English (see art. 4.1 of
the MSc OER).
Some master’s courses may have additional
prerequisites. See the course descriptions in
Ocasys.
N.B. As of September 2011, the provisional
admission will probably be abolished.
Planning problems after The combination of master’s courses with
provisional admission (several) bachelor’s courses can lead to a
considerable delay.
Entrance to MSc BA - Change 1st of September (later is possible, but not
Management recommended due to the programme structure)
MSc course prerequisites See the course descriptions in Ocasys.
Master’s Thesis prerequisites Bachelor’s degree or certificate of the pre-MSc
programme and
≥ 20 ECTS credits of master’s courses
MSc programme approval Students can apply for approval in Progress.
Instructions are available on the internet.

125
Student Handbook 2010-2011

D6 MSc BA – Finance

D6.1 Programme description


Coordinator: Dr A. Plantinga, a.plantinga@rug.nl, 050-3633685
Secretary: Ms G. Pol, g.pol@rug.nl, 050-3633685
Study advisor(s): Student Support Desk,
http://www.rug.nl/feb/studentsupport/masterstudent (for information, questions or
appointments)

By choosing the MSc BA Specialization Finance, you acquire academic knowledge


and analytical skills necessary to obtain a job as finance professional. We offer
courses focused on corporate finance, asset management and risk management. In
addition, we offer the Field Course Finance, which is compulsory for all students in
Finance. It is an introduction to quantitative research in finance. It focuses on the
knowledge and techniques that are necessary to conduct a research project in finance.
As such, it provides a good background for the final research project: each student
has to write a master’s thesis of 20 ECTS credits.
You study the problems of companies choosing between investment projects,
problems related to capital structure, and corporate governance. You learn to
evaluate strategic decisions such as mergers and acquisitions in the context of Value-
Based Management and Shareholder Value. Furthermore, you study the interaction
between financial and strategic planning, as well as issues of corporate governance.
You also concentrate on the management of investment portfolios and financial risks
in general. How do you construct an investment portfolio that maximizes future
wealth? How do you deal with unexpected market developments? You acquire the
necessary skills to construct investment portfolios, to value financial derivatives
(options, futures, swaps, etc) and to manage these risks.
Finally, the specialization includes a selection of elective courses.

Career prospects
The MSc BA – Finance specialization prepares you for a job in the finance and
investment industry. Students of the MSc Finance specialization are working for
banks, finance consulting firms, pension funds. They work as corporate valuators,
credit analysts, portfolio managers, risk managers, strategists or financial
consultants.
D6.2 Degree programme
C = Compulsory; E = Elective; EG = Elective Group; lang = language; courses marked
with ** may be taken in other periods. See the course description in Ocasys for more
details.

126
Master’s degrees

Programme: MSc BA - Finance


Year: 1
Profile: core programme Finance

sem course title code EC C/E lang


1.1-2 Field Course Finance EBM647A10 10 C EN
1.1-2 Corporate Valuation & Portfolio Man. EBM007A10 10 EG EN
1.1-2 or Risk and Derivatives EBM848A10 10 EG EN
2.1-2 elective(s) Finance (see list)** 10 C EN
2.1-2 Master’s Thesis BA Finance** EBM866A20 20 C EN
2.1 Corporate Finance EBM008A05 5 EG EN
2.2 and/or Advanced Corporate Finance EBM857B05 5 EG EN
2.2 and/or Corporate Governance EBM811B05 5 EG EN

NB At least two courses must be chosen from Corporate Finance, Advanced Corporate
Finance, Corporate Governance.

Programme: MSc BA - Finance


Year: 1
Profile: electives Finance

sem course title code EC C/E lang


1.1 Credit Risk Analysis EBM860A05 5 E EN
1.2 Behavioral Finance & Personal Investing EBM806B05 5 E EN
2.1-2 Money and Banking EBM837A10 10 E EN
2.1 Corporate Finance EBM008A05 5 E EN
2.1 Working Capital Management EBM645A05 5 E EN
2.2 Advanced Corporate Finance EBM857B05 5 E EN
2.2 Institutional Investment Management EBM822A05 5 E EN

D6.3 Rules and choices


Rules and choices MSc BA - Finance
MSc information meeting November and April/May

MSc admission requirements Bachelor’s degree in Business Administration, or


Business Economics, or
Economics and Management, or
completed BA Finance Pre-MSc-programme, and
sufficient command of English (see art. 4.1 of the
MSc OER).
For entry requirements with other bachelor’s
degrees, see Section 4 of the MSc OER

127
Student Handbook 2010-2011

Provisional admission to MSc BA ≥ 165 ECTS credits of the bachelor’s degree


Finance (for a maximum period programme (for students who first enrolled in
of six months, which can be September 2008 or later: including Bachelor’s
extended once by six months; for Thesis), or
students enrolled before ≥ 50 ECTS credits of the Pre-MSc programme
September 2008 the maximum (including the Specialization Course Finance,
period is 12 months; ‘Mathematics for Pre-MSc’, ‘Business Research
see art. 4.8 of the MSc OER) Methods for Pre-MSc’, the Research Paper for Pre-
MSc BA Finance), and
sufficient command of English (see art. 4.1 of the
MSc OER).
Some master’s courses may have additional
prerequisites. See the course descriptions in
Ocasys.
N.B. As of September 2011, the provisional
admission will probably be abolished.
Planning problems after The combination of master’s courses with
provisional admission (several) bachelor’s courses can lead to a
considerable delay.
Entrance to MSc BA - Finance 1st of September (later is possible, but not
recommended due to the programme structure)
MSc course prerequisites See the course descriptions in Ocasys.
It is strongly recommended that applicants pass
the related specialization course of this degree
programme. Where this is not possible, the
passing of a test (the exam of the specialization
course) may suffice.
Master’s Thesis prerequisites Bachelor’s degree or certificate of the pre-MSc
programme and
≥ 20 ECTS credits of master’s courses
MSc programme approval Students can apply for approval in Progress.
Instructions are available on the internet.

128
Master’s degrees

D7 MSc BA – Marketing

D7.1 Programme description


Coördinator: Dr J.A. Voerman, j.a.voerman@rug.nl, 050-3637069
Secretary: Ms H.G. Tamling, h.g.tamling@rug.nl, 050-3637065
Study advisor(s): Student Support Desk,
http://www.rug.nl/feb/studentsupport/masterstudent (for information, questions or
appointments)

Content
Marketing is about building relations between an organization and its customers.
These organizations can be operating in the field of services or goods, profit or not-
for-profit, business-to-consumers or business-to-business. Understanding customers,
building a strong brand & reputation and performing all sorts of activities to
stimulate customer satisfaction and sales are important parts of marketing. An
example is Coca Cola, a strong brand, with a unique distribution network from the
beach in Florida throughout small villages in the Himalaya (Place). Coca Cola does
regularly introduce new tastes (Product), has a large communication budget spent on
for example TV advertising and sponsoring (Promotion), and can ask premium
prices (Price). Although in blind tastes Coca Cola has about the same preference
among customers as Pepsi, its market share is much larger due to better marketing.
Another example is Capital One, a worldwide operating financial services
organization that creates industry best practices in developing valuable customer
relationships and managing risk based on knowledge of the customer. They use the
information from the customer database for understanding and satisfying customers
and their needs.

In this specialization, the most recent developments in the area of marketing are
dealt with. In the courses, recent theory as well as practice has a central position in
both lectures and the assignments. The vision of the the Groningen Department of
Marketing is that a good and deep knowledge of the customer provides the best
possibilities of creating a sustainable competitive advantage. Collecting qualitative
and quantitative data about customers and analyzing these with appropriate
research methods is the starting point for finding creative ways of targeting and
managing these customers. This can be found in two profiles that are offered within
our marketing program: the profile marketing management and the profile
marketing research. A student chooses one of these (1 year) profiles, but it is also
possible to combine both profiles in a 1,5 year program. Also, within each course
both a research and a management orientation can be found. The Department of
Marketing has an outstanding performance in marketing science (top ratings on all
criteria) and has contacts with many foreign universities and professors. Next,
practioners are invited in each master course to give guest lectures which relate
theory to real business-life. In addition, most marketing students write their thesis in

129
Student Handbook 2010-2011

combination with research for an organization, applying theory to a real marketing


problem.

Double degree programme


Marketing offers the following Double Degree programme
– with the Norwegian School of Management, BI (Oslo)
MSc in Marketing Research (BS-Marketing, RUG) and
MSc in Strategic Marketing Management (BI, Oslo)
For further information see section E2.

Career prospects
Marketing Management
– Marketing manager;
– Product or brand manager;
– Segment or account manager;
– Customer relations manager;
– Marketing strategy consultant;
– Direct marketing manager;
– E-commerce manager;
– Category manager.

Marketing Research
– Market researcher in research and consultancy companies;
– Market researcher within an organization;
– Market intelligence expert or database analyst;
– Customer intelligence expert;
– Researcher at a university (Research Master and PhD program).

D7.2 Degree programme


C = Compulsory; E = Elective; EG = Elective Group; lang = language; courses marked
with ** may be taken in other periods. See the course description in Ocasys for more
details.

Programme: MSc BA - Marketing


Year: 1
Profile: core programme Marketing Management

sem course title code EC C/E lang


1.1-2 Field Course Marketing EBM819A10 10 C EN
1.1-2 electives Marketing Man. A (see list)** 20 C EN
2.1-2 Master’s Thesis BA Marketing** EBM867A20 20 C EN
2.1-2 elective(s) Marketing Man. B (see list)** 10 C EN

130
Master’s degrees

NB • As an alternative to selecting courses from list B, students may choose courses from
list A which they have not already followed.
• Electives A or B can be followed in both semesters als long as the B-credits are no
more than 10 ECTS.

Programme: MSc BA - Marketing


Year: 1
Profile: core programme Marketing Research

sem course title code EC C/E lang


1.1-2 Advanced Market Research EBM803A10 10 C EN
1.1-2 Field Course Marketing EBM819A10 10 C EN
1.1-2 Marketing Model Building EBM831A10 10 C EN
2.1-2 elective Marketing Research (see list) 5 C EN
2.1-2 Market Research: Practice** EBM881A05 5 C EN
2.1-2 Master’s Thesis BA Marketing** EBM867A20 20 C EN

Programme: MSc BA - Marketing


Year: 1
Profile: electives Marketing Management A

sem course title code EC C/E lang


1.1-2 Brand Management and Communication EBM834A10 10 E EN
1.1 Services Marketing EBM882A05 5 E EN
1.2 E-commerce EBM813A05 5 E EN
1.2 Retail Marketing EBM880A05 5 E EN
2.1-2 Consumer Behavior EBM809A10 10 E EN
2.1 Business Marketing EBM808A05 5 E EN
2.1 Marketing Leadership EBM899A05 5 E EN

Programme: MSc BA - Marketing


Year: 1
Profile: electives Marketing Management B

sem course title code EC C/E lang


1.1-2 Advanced Financial Management EBM608B10 10 E EN
1.1-2 Advanced Market Research EBM803A10 10 E EN
1.1-2 Marketing Model Building EBM831A10 10 E EN
1.1-2 Strategy & Innovation EBM679A10 10 E EN
1.1 Theories of Organizational Change EBM013A05 5 C EN
2.1-2 courses not chosen from electives MM A 10 E EN
2.1-2 Market Research: Practice** EBM881A05 5 E EN

131
Student Handbook 2010-2011

Programme: MSc BA - Marketing


Year: 1
Profile: electives Marketing Research

sem course title code EC C/E lang


1.1-2 Advanced Financial Management EBM608B10 10 E EN
1.1-2 Brand Management and Communication EBM834A10 10 E EN
1.1-2 Econometric Theory and Methods EBM835B10 10 E EN
1.1 Experimental Design and Analyses of Vari PSMM-4 5 E EN
1.1 Services Marketing EBM882A05 5 E EN
1.2 E-commerce EBM813A05 5 E EN
1.2 Retail Marketing EBM880A05 5 E EN
2.1-2 Consumer Behavior EBM809A10 10 E EN
2.1 Business Marketing EBM808A05 5 E EN
2.1 Experimental Skills, Advanced PSMHV-1 5 E NL
2.1 Marketing Leadership EBM899A05 5 E EN

D7.3 Rules and choices


Rules and choices MSc BA - Marketing
MSc information meeting November and April/May

MSc admission requirements Bachelor’s degree in Business Administration, or


Business Economics, or
Economics and Management, or
completed BA Marketing Pre-MSc-programme,
and sufficient command of English (see art. 4.1 of
the MSc OER).
For entry requirements with other bachelor’s
degrees, see Section 4 of the MSc OER
Provisional admission to MSc BA ≥ 165 ECTS credits of the bachelor’s degree
Marketing (for a maximum programme (for students who first enrolled in
period of six months, which can September 2008 or later: including Bachelor’s
be extended once by six months; Thesis), or
for students enrolled before ≥ 50 ECTS credits of the Pre-MSc programme
September 2008 the maximum (including the Specialization Course Marketing,
period is 12 months; ‘Mathematics for Pre-MSc’, ‘Business Research
see art. 4.8 of the MSc OER) Methods for Pre-MSc’, the Research Paper for Pre-
MSc BA Marketing), and
sufficient command of English (see art. 4.1 of the
MSc OER).
Some master’s courses may have additional
prerequisites. See the course descriptions in
Ocasys.

132
Master’s degrees

N.B. As of September 2011, the provisional


admission will probably be abolished.
Planning problems after The combination of master’s courses with
provisional admission (several) bachelor’s courses can lead to a
considerable delay.
Entrance to MSc BA - Marketing 1st of September (later is possible, but not
recommended due to the programme structure)
MSc course prerequisites See the course descriptions in Ocasys.
It is strongly recommended that applicants pass
the related specialization course of this degree
programme.
Master’s Thesis prerequisites Bachelor’s degree or certificate of the pre-MSc
programme and
≥ 20 ECTS credits of master’s courses
MSc programme approval Students can apply for approval in Progress.
Instructions are available on the internet.

133
Student Handbook 2010-2011

D8 MSc BA – Operations and Supply Chains

D8.1 Programme description


Coordinator: Dr H. (Manda) Broekhuis, h.broekhuis@rug.nl, 050-3637288
Secretary: Mrs R. Kooi-Kamphuis, r.kooi@rug.nl, Mrs M.J. Meijer, m.j.meijer@rug.nl,
Ms E. Flikkema, e.m.flikkema-spithoff@rug.nl, 050-3637020
Study advisor(s): Student Support Desk,
http://www.rug.nl/feb/studentsupport/masterstudent (for information, questions or
appointments)

Objectives and content


World class organizations must be able to combine internal efficiency with customer-
oriented objectives such as short delivery times, reliability, quality and flexibility.
Primarily, this requires a perfect organization and design of production, distribution,
and service processes accompanied by superior coordination, planning, and control.
These tasks together make up the domain of operations management. Nowadays,
companies no longer confine themselves to internal operations, but extend the
domain to the complete supply chains. O&SC projects may range from shortening
the stay of patients in hospitals, fine tuning the front office and back office tasks of a
bank, implementing new planning concepts, improving distribution structures, to
balancing an automotive production line.
Considering the broad spectrum of types of organizations in practice, the Groningen
approach teaches you to perform a company-specific diagnosis in order to develop
tailor-made solutions. You learn to select and elaborate the appropriate elements of
globally accepted production, distribution and service concepts. The Groningen
programme concentrates on coordination issues, emphasizing the role of human
resources, and relating to all kinds of interfaces, i.e. production/sales, front
office/back office, aggregate/detailed planning, etc.

Career prospects
Knowledge of operations and supply chains will enable you to enter practice in a
wide range of functions. They include:
– manager logistics / service operations / operations / production / quality /
customer service / purchasing;
– consultant logistics / process management / quality / purchasing.
Knowledge of the primary processes within firms has proved to be a good starting
point for development towards higher management echelons. Compliance with
international standards offers you the opportunity to start a career in globally
operating companies.

134
Master’s degrees

D8.2 Degree programme


C = Compulsory; E = Elective; EG = Elective Group; lang = language; courses marked
with ** may be taken in other periods. See the course description in Ocasys for more
details.

Programme: MSc BA - Operations & Supply Chains/O&SC


Year: 1
Profile: Production & Distribution

sem course title code EC C/E lang


1.1-2 Field Course Oper. and Supply Chains EBM610A10 10 C EN
1.1-2 Inf. Systems for Operations & Supply Ch. EBM658A05 5 C EN
1.1-2 electives O&SC (see list) 15 C EN
2.1-2 Master’s Thesis BA Oper. & Supply Chains** EBM720A25 25 C EN
2.1 Global Operations & Supply Chains EBM614A05 5 C EN

Programme: MSc BA - Operations & Supply Chains/O&SC


Year: 1
Profile: Services

sem course title code EC C/E lang


1.1-2 Field Course Oper. and Supply Chains EBM610A10 10 C EN
1.1-2 Service Operations EBM634A05 5 C EN
1.1-2 electives O&SC (see list) 15 C EN
2.1-2 Master’s Thesis BA Oper. & Supply Chains** EBM720A25 25 C EN
2.1 Advanced Quality Management EBM632A05 5 C EN

Programme: MSc BA - Operations & Supply Chains/O&SC


Year: 1
Profile: electives O&SC

sem course title code EC C/E lang


1.1-2 Business Processes & ICT EBM646A10 10 E EN
1.1-2 Simulation of Business Processes TBSBP05E 5 E EN
1.1-2 Spec. Course Business & ICT** EBB661A10 10 E EN
1.1-2 Spec. Course OMC: Man. Accounting** EBB884A10 10 E EN
1.1 Advanced Purchasing & Supply Man. EBM716A05 5 E EN
1.1 Theories of Organizational Change EBM013A05 5 E EN
1.2 Operations Management Process Industries EBM725B05 5 E EN
1.2 Organizing Innovation EBM622B05 5 E EN
1.2 Process Innovation & Oper. Excellenc EBM762A05 5 E EN
1.2 Work Design and Team Processes EBM012A05 5 E EN

135
Student Handbook 2010-2011

2.1 Business Marketing EBM808A05 5 E EN


2.1 Supply Chain Analysis EBM884A05 5 E EN

NB The compulsory courses in one profile may be taken as optional courses in the other
profile.

D8.3 Rules and choices


Rules and choices MSc BA - Operations & Supply Chains
MSc information meeting November and April/May

MSc admission requirements Bachelor’s degree in Business Administration, or


Business Economics, or
Economics and Management, or
completed BA O&SC Pre-MSc-programme, and
sufficient command of English (see art. 4.1 of the
MSc OER).
For entry requirements with other bachelor’s
degrees, see Section 4 of the MSc OER
Provisional admission to MSc BA ≥ 165 ECTS credits of the bachelor’s degree
Operations & Supply Chains (for programme (for students who first enrolled in
a maximum period of six September 2008 or later: including Bachelor’s
months, which can be extended Thesis), or
once by six months; for students ≥ 50 ECTS credits of the Pre-MSc programme
enrolled before September 2008 (including the Specialization Course Operations
the maximum period is 12 & Supply Chains, ‘Mathematics for Pre-MSc’,
months; ‘Business Research Methods for Pre-MSc’, the
see art. 4.8 of the MSc OER) Research Paper for Pre-MSc BA O&SC), and
sufficient command of English (see art. 4.1 of the
MSc OER).
Some master’s courses may have additional
prerequisites. See the course descriptions in
Ocasys.
N.B. As of September 2011, the provisional
admission will probably be abolished.
Planning problems after The combination of master’s courses with
provisional admission (several) bachelor’s courses can lead to a
considerable delay.
Entrance to MSc BA - O&SC 1st of September (later is possible, but not
recommended due to the programme structure)
MSc course prerequisites See the course descriptions in Ocasys.
It is strongly recommended that applicants pass
the related specialization course of this degree
programme.

136
Master’s degrees

Master’s Thesis prerequisites Bachelor’s degree or certificate of the pre-MSc


programme and
≥ 20 ECTS credits of master’s courses
MSc programme approval Students can apply for approval in Progress.
Instructions are available on the internet.

137
Student Handbook 2010-2011

D9 MSc BA – Organizational & Management Control

D9.1 Programme description


Coordinator: Dr B. Crom , b.crom@rug.nl, 050-3636608
Secretariat: I.J. Bakker MSc, i.j.bakker@rug.nl, 050-3633535
Study advisor(s): Student Support Desk,
http://www.rug.nl/feb/studentsupport/masterstudent (for information, questions or
appointments)

Aim/content
The Organizational & Management Control (OMC) Master’s specialization
concentrates on the knowledge and skills that contribute to good guidance and
management of organizations. The specialization offers students the chance to learn
about methods and techniques in the field of the provision of internal and external
financial and non-financial information, financial management within organizations
and, more in general, the guidance and management of organizations and their
employees. These methods and techniques will be placed in the context of general
management and organization problems and alliances between organizations,
including the strategy, and changes to these.
The OMC Master’s specialization consists of two basic courses to be followed in
principle by all students, namely the Field Course Organizational and Management
Control and the course Advanced Financial Management. These courses provide
students with a thorough knowledge in the field of the financial management of
organizations and of management accounting and control, i.e. the internal and
sometimes also external gathering and processing of information (including the
necessary instruments and techniques for this) and the use of this information for
managing organizations and their employees. Depending on their personal
preferences, students can then choose from an extensive list of optional courses for
the rest of their study programme. OMC not only offers the possibility to specialize,
but also to combine knowledge in the fields of the control, financing and
management of organizations. Depending on the precise choices students make for
their Master's degree programme, a further emphasis within the OMC specialization
can be on accounting and control and financial management or on the general
management of organizations and the organizational context, including the strategy,
in which information provision and financial management take place. Students who
have followed the Specialization Course Finance during the Bachelor’s phase or
during the pre-MSc programme can choose from a wider range of Finance courses
during their Master’s phase. These students will choose a different course instead of
Advanced Financial Management because the Master’s phase always consists of at
least 60 ECTS credits (to avoid any misunderstanding: the Specialization course
Finance cannot be followed during the Master’s phase).
In order to link the academic character of the degree programme with actual practice
in companies and other organizations, students will work on cases, and the courses

138
Master’s degrees

will also provide an introduction into the results of (scientific) research in


organizations. The relationship between theory and practice can be emphasized in
the Master’s thesis, which can be partly based on research (internship) within an
organization.
If suitable courses are offered by universities abroad, it will be possible to follow one
or more of those courses. In accordance with the general rule, up to 20 ECTS credits
from the Master's degree programme may be obtained at a foreign university. The
Master’s programme must be approved in advance in order to check whether the
foreign courses can form part of it.

Career prospects
The OMC Master’s specialization offers students a range of possibilities in the field of
course choice and specialization and thus also a wide range of possible future
positions. Graduates may find jobs in national and international companies, non-
profit organizations or government institutions. This could include:
financial officer, internal control officer or related controller positions, leading
eventually to financial manager (if the optional courses chosen have a strongly
financial-economic character);
assistant manager/management trainee, project manager, researcher and various
other positions, leading eventually to general manager (if the optional courses
chosen have a more organizational character);
junior organization advisor in the field of quality management, financial
management or change processes in organizations.

D9.2 Degree programme


C = Compulsory; E = Elective; EG = Elective Group; lang = language; courses marked
with ** may be taken in other periods. See the course description in Ocasys for more
details.

Programme: MSc BA - Organizational & Management Control/O&MC


Year: 1
Profile: core programme O&MC

sem course title code EC C/E lang


1.1-2 Advanced Financial Management EBM608B10 10 C EN
1.1-2 Field Course O&MC EBM648B10 10 C EN
1.1-2 elective(s) O&MC (see list)** 10 C EN
2.1-2 Master’s Thesis BA O&MC EBM859A20 20 C EN
2.1-2 elective(s) O&MC (see list)** 10 C EN

139
Student Handbook 2010-2011

Programme: MSc BA - Organizational & Management Control/O&MC


Year: 1
Profile: electives O&MC

sem course title code EC C/E lang


1.1-2 Advanced International Business** EBM856A10 10 E EN
1.1-2 Brand Management and Communication EBM834A10 10 E EN
1.1-2 Corporate Valuation & Portfolio Man. EBM007A10 10 E EN
1.1-2 Financial Accounting II BE/A&C** EBB915A10 10 E NL
1.1-2 ICT: Human & Organizational Issues EBM653A10 10 E EN
1.1-2 Spec. Course Business & ICT** EBB661A10 10 E EN
1.1-2 Spec. Course Operations & Supply Chains** EBB660A10 10 E EN
1.1-2 Spec. Course Small Bus.&Entrepreneurship** EBB887A10 10 E EN
1.1-2 Strategy & Innovation EBM679A10 10 E EN
1.1 Business Development Management EBM628A05 5 E EN
1.1 Corporate Governance & Stakeholder Man. EBM671A05 5 E EN
1.1 Credit Risk Analysis EBM860A05 5 E EN
1.1 Financial Accounting Theory EBM863A05 5 E NL
1.1 Ontwerp man.accounting verandering EBM711A05 5 E NL
1.2 Behavioral Finance & Personal Investing EBM806B05 5 E EN
1.2 Organizing Innovation EBM622B05 5 E EN
1.2 Personnel Economics EBM678A05 5 E EN
2.1-2 Financial Accounting II BE/A&C** EBB915A10 10 E NL
2.1-2 Spec. Course Business & ICT** EBB661A10 10 E EN
2.1-2 Spec. Course Operations & Supply Chains** EBB660A10 10 E EN
2.1-2 Spec. Course Small Bus.&Entrepreneurship** EBB887A10 10 E EN
2.1 Advanced Quality Management EBM632A05 5 E EN
2.1 Conflict Man. & Industrial Relations EBM673A05 5 E EN
2.1 Corporate Finance EBM008A05 5 E EN
2.1 Working Capital Management EBM645A05 5 E EN
2.2 Corporate Governance EBM811B05 5 E EN

D9.3 Rules and choices


Rules and choices MSc BA - Organizational and Management Control
MSc information meeting November and April/Ma

MSc admission requirements Bachelor’s degree in Business Administration, or


Business Economics, or
Economics and Management, or
completed BA O&MC Pre-MSc-programme, and
sufficient command of English (see Art. 4.1 of the

140
Master’s degrees

MSc OER).
For entry requirements with other bachelor’s
degrees, see Section 4 of the MSc OER
Provisional admission to MSc BA ≥ 165 ECTS credits of the bachelor’s degree
Organizational & Management programme (for students who first enrolled in
Control (for a maximum period September 2008 or later: including Bachelor’s
of six months, which can be Thesis), or
extended once by six months; for ≥ 50 ECTS credits of the Pre-MSc programme
students enrolled before (including the Specialization Course
September 2008 the maximum Organizational & Management Control,
period is 12 months; ‘Mathematics for Pre-MSc’, ‘Business Research
see art. 4.8 of the MSc OER) Methods for Pre-MSc’, the Research Paper for Pre-
MSc BA O&MC), and
sufficient command of English (see Art. 4.1 of the
MSc OER).
Some master’s courses may have additional
prerequisites. See the course descriptions in
Ocasys.
N.B. As of September 2011, the provisional
admission will probably be abolished.
Planning problems after The combination of master’s courses with
provisional admission (several) bachelor’s courses can lead to a
considerable delay.
Entrance to MSc BA - O&MC 1st of September (later is possible, but not
recommended due to the programme structure)
MSc course prerequisites See the course descriptions in Ocasys.
It is strongly recommended that applicants pass
the related specialization course of this degree
programme. Where this is not possible, the
passing of a test (the exam of the specialization
course) may suffice.
Master’s Thesis prerequisites Bachelor’s degree or certificate of the pre-MSc
programme and
≥ 20 ECTS credits of master’s courses
MSc programme approval Students can apply for approval in Progress.
Instructions are available on the internet.

141
Student Handbook 2010-2011

D10 MSc BA – Small Business & Entrepreneurship

D10.1 Programme description


Coordinator: Dr C.H.M. Lutz, c.h.m.lutz@rug.nl, 050-3637339
Secretary: Ms K. van Brummelen, k.van.brummelen@rug.nl and Ms A.M.C. Cordes,
a.m.c.cordes@rug.nl, 050-3633453
Study advisor(s): Student Support Desk,
http://www.rug.nl/feb/studentsupport/masterstudent (for information, questions or
appointments)

Objectives and content


The objectives of this master programme are threefold:
Graduates will be familiar with the specific theories in the field of Entrepreneurship
and Small Business. They have learned to interpret the management and economic
knowledge taught in the bachelor programme and, in particular, to apply this to
Small and Medium-sized Enterprises (SMEs).
Graduates will have learned that ‘doing business’ is a process in which (strategic)
thinking, planning and undertaking are playing a key role. This process can be
conducted by the entrepreneur or a third party (e.g. a consultant). Students of this
master programme may choose to get really involved in this process through the
elaboration of a practical assignment: the preparation of a business plan.
Graduates will have acquired some relevant capabilities for consultants and
entrepreneurs.
Currently, ‘Small Business’ and ‘Entrepreneurship’ are getting a lot of attention. A
consensus is growing among policy makers, researchers and various stakeholders,
that the dynamics in the economy and the growth of employment are mainly the
result of start-ups and growing small businesses. An increasing number of large
firms are targeting SMEs as a specific segment in the market. Consultancy firms
adapt their services to the specific needs of SMEs. Banks and insurance companies
have established SME departments in order to develop specific services for this
target group. Other large companies understand that they need enterprising
employees in order to survive in the modern economy. In their organizations the
departments become smaller and operate more independently, while responsibilities
are located as low as possible in the organization and, therefore, these firms require
employees with an enterprising attitude. Finally, a growing number of people prefer
to become responsible for their own employment and start their own business.
If you expect to become active in the SME sector in the future, then this MSc BA in
Small Business and Entrepreneurship is highly relevant. The specific organizational
characteristics of smaller firms are addressed in this programme. Basically, all sub-
disciplines of management and organization are dealt with. Also questions like ‘what
is entrepreneurship?’ and ‘am I suitable to be an entrepreneur?’ will be addressed.
Finally, some issues of consultancy and, in particular, consultancy for SMEs, are
addressed. As SMEs are quite restricted in the number of specialists they employ,

142
Master’s degrees

they depend on consultants to a relatively large extent. All these topics are presented
in three compulsory courses in the master programme: ‘Small Business
Management’, ‘New Ventures and Entrepreneurship’ and ‘Small Business
Economics’.

Career prospects
The programme prepares students for the following types of employment:
– ‘All-round’ manager for SMEs;
– Entrepreneur: start your own business (family business);
– SME consultant in entrepreneurship and change management;
– Manager in larger organizations that require employees with an entrepreneurial
attitude (intrapreneurship);
– Manager in large organizations that address SMEs (banks, accountants,
(semi-)government, franchise organizations).

D10.2 Degree programme


C = Compulsory; E = Elective; EG = Elective Group; lang = language; courses marked
with ** may be taken in other periods. See the course description in Ocasys for more
details.

Programme: MSc BA - Small Business & Entrepreneurship/SB&E


Year: 1
Profile: core programme SB&E

sem course title code EC C/E lang


1.1-2 Field Course Small Business Management EBM611A10 10 C EN
1.1-2 Small Business Economics EBM851A10 10 C EN
1.1-2 elective(s) SB&E (see list) 10 C NL
2.1-2 Master’s Thesis BA SB&E EBM712A20 20 C EN
2.1 New Ventures & Entrepreneurship EBM838A10 10 C EN

Programme: MSc BA - Small Business & Entrepreneurship/SB&E


Year: 1
Profile: electives SB&E

sem course title code EC C/E lang


1.1-2 Entrepreneurial Skills II** EBM816A08 8 E EN
1.1-2 ICT: Human & Organizational Issues EBM653A10 10 E EN
1.1-2 Spec. Course OMC: Man. Accounting** EBB884A10 10 E EN
1.1 Business Development Management EBM628A05 5 E EN
1.1 Entrepreneurial Skills I** EBM606A02 2 E EN
1.1 Services Marketing EBM882A05 5 E EN
1.1 Strategic HRM EBM011A05 5 E EN

143
Student Handbook 2010-2011

1.2 Capturing Value from Innovation EBM738A05 5 E EN


2.1-2 Spec. Course Strategy & Innovation** EBB658A10 10 E EN
2.1 Advanced Quality Management EBM632A05 5 E EN
2.1 Business Marketing EBM808A05 5 E EN
2.1 Management Consulting EBM706A05 5 E EN

D10.3 Rules and choices


Rules and choices MSc BA - Small Business & Entrepreneurship
MSc information meeting November and April/May

MSc admission requirements Bachelor’s degree in Business Administration, or


Business Economics, or
Economics and Management, or
completed BA SB&E Pre-MSc-programme, and
sufficient command of English (see art. 4.1 of the
MSc OER).
For entry requirements with other bachelor’s
degrees, see Section 4 of the MSc OER
Provisional admission to MSc BA ≥ 165 ECTS credits of the bachelor’s degree
Small Business & programme (for students who first enrolled in
Entrepreneurship (for a September 2008 or later: including Bachelor’s
maximum period of six months, Thesis), or
which can be extended once by ≥ 50 ECTS credits of the Pre-MSc programme
six months; for students enrolled (including the Specialization Course Small
before September 2008 the Business & Entrepreneurship, ‘Mathematics for
maximum period is 12 months; Pre-MSc’, ‘Business Research Methods for Pre-
see art. 4.8 of the MSc OER) MSc’, the Research Paper for Pre-MSc BA SB&E),
and sufficient command of English (see art. 4.1 of
the MSc OER).
Some master’s courses may have additional
prerequisites. See the course descriptions in
Ocasys.
N.B. As of September 2011, the provisional
admission will probably be abolished.
Planning problems after The combination of master’s courses with
provisional admission (several) bachelor’s courses can lead to a
considerable delay.
Entrance to MSc BA - SB&E 1st of September (later is possible, but not
recommended due to the programme structure)
MSc course prerequisites See the course descriptions in Ocasys.
It is strongly recommended that applicants pass
the related specialization course of this degree
programme.

144
Master’s degrees

Master’s Thesis prerequisites Bachelor’s degree or certificate of the pre-MSc


programme and
≥ 20 ECTS credits of master’s courses
MSc programme approval Students can apply for approval in Progress.
Instructions are available on the internet.

145
Student Handbook 2010-2011

D11 MSc BA – Strategy & Innovation

D11.1 Programme description


Coordinator: Prof. W. A. Dolfsma, w.a.dolfsma@rug.nl, 050-363 2789
Secretary: Ms A.M.C. Cordes, a.m.c.cordes@rug.nl, 050-3633453
Study advisor(s): Student Support Desk,
http://www.rug.nl/feb/studentsupport/masterstudent (for information, questions or
appointments)

Objectives and content


Strategic management, especially with regards to innovation, is crucial if firms want to
survive and thrive in today’s competitive and turbulent business environments. Students
discuss and apply theories relevant to strategic management and innovation to
develop the insights needed to navigate this challenging frontier.

The commercial success that Apple’s iPhone or Philips’ Senseo have experienced can
be explained only in part by drawing attention to the technical qualities of these
products. In addition, strategic manouvring by these firms in relation to competitors
and alliance partners as well as non-technical or design aspects of the goods
themselves can play key roles. Furthermore, linking products with complementary
services can boost profits. The MSc BA in/specialization Strategy & Innovation is
unique by focusing on the strategic issues that can turn innovations into commercial
successes. From an analytical basis, this programme explores theoretical concepts
and tools which enable our students to understand up-to-date, real life cases and
conduct their own research.

The MSc BA Strategy and Innovation is structured as two semesters of 22 weeks


each. Semester 1 covers four core courses (2 courses of 10 ECTS credits and 2 courses
of 5 ECTS credits). Semester 2 comprises one elective course (5 ECTS credits) and a
master’s thesis (25 ECTS credits). A combination of lectures, seminars, tutorials, case
studies and projects is used as teaching methods, depending on the nature of a
course. Assessment is through essays, exams, reports, case studies, industry-based
assignments, presentations and a master’s thesis.

The faculty members involved in S&I are active researchers and publish extensively
on areas of strategy and innovation, and can thus provide students with state-of-the-
art knowledge.

Career prospects
Graduates of the MSc BA in Strategy and Innovation are highly employable, working
in management roles in a variety of organizations in both commercial and public
sectors. Graduates may also work for consulting agencies that provide advice and
support for firms to become more competitive. This specialization prepares students

146
Master’s degrees

to deal with cutting-edge aspects of competing in a modern, knowledge-based


economy.

D11.2 Degree programme


C = Compulsory; E = Elective; EG = Elective Group; lang = language; courses marked
with ** may be taken in other periods. See the course description in Ocasys for more
details.

Programme: MSc BA - Strategy & Innovation/S&I


Year: 1
Profile: core programme S&I

sem course title code EC C/E lang


1.1-2 Field Course Strategy & Innovation EBM609A10 10 C EN
1.1-2 Strategy & Innovation EBM679A10 10 C EN
1.1 Innovation & Entrepreneurship EBM621A05 5 C EN
1.2 Capturing Value from Innovation EBM738A05 5 C EN
2.1-2 elective S&I (see list) 5 C EN
2.1-2 Master’s Thesis BA Strategy & Innovation EBM723A25 25 C EN

Programme: MSc BA - Strategy & Innovation/S&I


Year: 1
Profile: electives S&I

sem course title code EC C/E lang


1.1 Business Development Management EBM628A05 5 E EN
1.1 Corporate Governance & Stakeholder Man. EBM671A05 5 E EN
1.2 E-commerce EBM813A05 5 E EN
1.2 Organizing Innovation EBM622B05 5 E EN
2.1 Advanced Quality Management EBM632A05 5 E EN
2.1 Management Consulting EBM706A05 5 E EN

D11.3 Rules and choices


Rules and choices MSc BA - Strategy & Innovation
MSc information meeting November and April/May

MSc admission requirements Bachelor’s degree in Business Administration, or


Business Economics, or
Economics and Management, or
completed BA S&I Pre-MSc-programme, and
sufficient command of English (see Art. 4.1 of the
MSc OER).

147
Student Handbook 2010-2011

For entry requirements with other bachelor’s


degrees, see Section 4 of the MSc OER
Provisional admission to MSc BA ≥ 165 ECTS credits of the bachelor’s degree
Strategy & Innovation (for a programme (for students who first enrolled in
maximum period of six months, September 2008 or later: including Bachelor’s
which can be extended once by Thesis), or
six months; for students enrolled ≥ 50 ECTS credits of the Pre-MSc programme
before September 2008 the (including the Specialization Course Strategy &
maximum period is 12 months; Innovation, ‘Mathematics for Pre-MSc’, ‘Business
see art. 4.8 of the MSc OER) Research Methods for Pre-MSc’, the Research
Paper for Pre-MSc BA S&I), and sufficient
command of English (see Art. 4.1 of the MSc
OER).
Some master’s courses may have additional
prerequisites. See the course descriptions in
Ocasys.
N.B. As of September 2011, the provisional
admission will probably be abolished.
Planning problems after The combination of master’s courses with
provisional admission (several) bachelor’s courses can lead to a
considerable delay.
Entrance to MSc BA - Strategy & 1st of September (later is possible, but not
Innovation recommended due to the programme structure)
MSc course prerequisites See the course descriptions in Ocasys.
It is strongly recommended that applicants pass
the related specialization course of this degree
programme.
Master’s Thesis prerequisites Bachelor’s degree or certificate of the pre-MSc
programme and
≥ 20 ECTS credits of master’s courses
MSc programme approval Students can apply for approval in Progress.
Instructions are available on the internet.

148
Master’s degrees

D12 MSc Econometrics, Operations Research & Actuarial Studies –


Econometrics

D12.1 Programme description


Director & Coordinator: Prof. M.H. van der Vlerk, m.h.van.der.vlerk@rug.nl, 050-
3633816
Secretary: Mrs E. M. Baars-Drent, secr.ee.feb@rug.nl, 050-3637018
Study advisor(s): Student Support Desk,
http://www.rug.nl/feb/studentsupport/masterstudent (for information, questions or
appointments)

Objectives and content


The programme in Econometrics, Operations Research and Actuarial Studies aims at
the description and analysis of problems in economics, management and related
areas by mathematical models. Acquiring a research oriented attitude on the one
hand and knowledge of the most important models used on the other form the main
ingredients, together with the ability to transform the outcome of the models in
relevant results for the field of application.
The Econometrics Specialization is especially concerned with interpretation of
observed (economic) data. A data set is modelled in order to find or verify relations
within it, either for simulation or forecasting, or for policy decisions. Traditionally
macroeconomics is an important field of application for econometrics. Modern
econometrics, however, also considers applications in other fields like financial
economics, marketing or consumer behaviour. The curriculum consists of two
advanced econometric courses, one course to be chosen from the complete set of
courses for the master of Econometrics, Operations Research and Actuarial Studies,
one course in quantitative economics and a master’s thesis. The topic of the master’s
thesis has to be in the field of econometrics, statistics or mathematical economics.

Career prospects
Econometrics graduates generally have no problem in finding a job. Acquiring a
Ph.D. position is a possibility, not only in econometrics, but also in economics,
statistics, management sciences or one of the social sciences. In addition to the more
traditional institutions like the CBS and the government, financial institutions like
banks, insurance companies and pension funds have employed a large percentage of
econometricians recently.

D12.2 Degree programme


C = Compulsory; E = Elective; EG = Elective Group; lang = language; courses marked
with ** may be taken in other periods. See the course description in Ocasys for more
details.

149
Student Handbook 2010-2011

Programme: MSc Econometrics, Operations Research & Actuarial


Studies/EORAS
Year: 1
Profile: Econometrics

sem course title code EC C/E lang


1.1-2 Econometric Theory and Methods EBM835B10 10 C EN
1.1-2 elective(s) MSc EORAS (see list) 10 C EN
1.1-2 elective(s) MSc EORAS (see list) 10 EG EN
1.1-2 or other quantitative course(s) 10 EG EN
2.1-2 Master’s Thesis Econometrics EBM872A20 20 C EN
2.1 Applied Econometrics (EORAS) EBM847B10 10 C EN

Programme: MSc Econometrics, Operations Research & Actuarial


Studies/EORAS
Year: 1
Profile: electives EORAS

sem course title code EC C/E lang


1.1-2 Advanced Industrial Organization EBM826A10 10 E EN
1.1-2 Applied Statistics for Econometrics EBM805A10 10 E EN
1.1-2 Financial Econometrics EBM820A10 10 E EN
1.1-2 Risk Models EBM849A10 10 E EN
1.1-2 Stochastic Programming EBM853A10 10 E EN
2.1 Life Insurance EBM827A10 10 E EN
2.1 Quantitative Logistics EBM843A10 10 E EN

NB 10 ECTS from the list above; 10 ECTS credits, quantative courses from MSc Economics,
MSc BA, MSc Mathematics or from the list of elective courses above or from another
programme of master level (e.g. LNMB, see www.lnmb.nl), all to the discretion of the
Board of Examiners.

D12.3 Rules and choices


Rules and choices MSc EORAS – Econometrics

MSc information meeting November and April/May

MSc admission requirements Bachelor’s degree in Econometrics and


Operations Research, or
Econometrics (RUG), and
sufficient command of English (see Art. 4.1 of the
MSc OER).

150
Master’s degrees

For entry requirements with other bachelor’s


degrees, see Section 4 of the MSc OER
Provisional admission to MSc ≥ 165 ECTS credits of the bachelor’s degree
EORAS - Econometrics (for a programme (for students who first enrolled in
maximum period of six months, September 2008 or later: including Bachelor’s
which can be extended once by Thesis), and
six months; for students enrolled sufficient command of English (see art. 4.1 of the
before September 2008 the MSc OER).
maximum period is 12 months; Some master’s courses may have additional
see art. 4.8 of the MSc OER) prerequisites. See the course descriptions in
Ocasys.
N.B. As of September 2011, the provisional
admission will probably be abolished.
Planning problems after The combination of master’s courses with
provisional admission (several) bachelor’s courses can lead to a
considerable delay.
Entrance to MSc EORAS - 1st of September (later is possible, but not
Econometrics recommended due to the programme structure)
MSc course prerequisites See art. 4.4 of the MSc OER and the course
descriptions in Ocasys.
Master’s Thesis prerequisites Bachelor’s degree and
≥ 20 ECTS credits of master’s courses
MSc programme approval Students can apply for approval in Progress.
Instructions are available on the internet.

151
Student Handbook 2010-2011

D13 MSc Econometrics, Operations Research & Actuarial Studies –


Operations Research

D13.1 Programme description


Director & Coordinator: Prof. M.H. van der Vlerk, m.h.van.der.vlerk@rug.nl, 050-
3633816
Secretary: Mrs E. M. Baars-Drent, secr.ee.feb@rug.nl, 050-3637018
Study advisor(s): Student Support Desk,
http://www.rug.nl/feb/studentsupport/masterstudent (for information, questions or
appointments)

Objectives and content


The programme in Econometrics, Operations Research and Actuarial Studies aims at
the description and analysis of problems in economics, management and related
areas by mathematical models. Acquiring a research-oriented attitude on the one
hand, and knowledge of the most important models used on the other hand form the
main ingredients, together with the ability to transform the outcome of the models in
relevant results for the application field.
The Specialization Operations Research is especially concerned with decision
problems in logistics and finance, like vehicle routing, time schedules for railway
systems, supply management, production planning, service planning, queuing,
investment, portfolio management or asset liability management. Both deterministic
and stochastic methods are used. The curriculum consists of two advanced
operations research courses, one course to be chosen from the complete set of courses
for the master of Econometrics, Operations Research and Actuarial Studies, one
course in quantitative economics and a master’s thesis. The topic of the master’s
thesis has to be in the field of operations research.

Career prospects
Graduates in operations research generally have no problem in finding a job.
Acquiring a Ph.D. position is an option, not only in operations research, but also in
economics, management science or one of the social sciences. Almost all large
companies employ operations research experts. Hospitals, TNO, State departments
like Rijkswaterstaat use OR graduates for policy development and advice.

D13.2 Degree programme


C = Compulsory; E = Elective; EG = Elective Group; lang = language; courses marked
with ** may be taken in other periods. See the course description in Ocasys for more
details.

152
Master’s degrees

Programme: MSc Econometrics, Operations Research & Actuarial


Studies/EORAS
Year: 1
Profile: Operations Research

sem course title code EC C/E lang


1.1-2 Stochastic Programming EBM853A10 10 C EN
1.1-2 elective(s) MSc EORAS (see list) 10 C EN
1.1-2 elective(s) MSc EORAS (see list) 10 EG EN
1.1-2 or other quantitative course(s) 10 EG EN
2.1-2 Master’s Thesis Operations Research EBM873A20 20 C EN
2.1 Quantitative Logistics EBM843A10 10 C EN

Programme: MSc Econometrics, Operations Research & Actuarial


Studies/EORAS
Year: 1
Profile: electives EORAS

sem course title code EC C/E lang


1.1-2 Advanced Industrial Organization EBM826A10 10 E EN
1.1-2 Applied Statistics for Econometrics EBM805A10 10 E EN
1.1-2 Econometric Theory and Methods EBM835B10 10 E EN
1.1-2 Financial Econometrics EBM820A10 10 E EN
1.1-2 Risk Models EBM849A10 10 E EN
2.1 Applied Econometrics (EORAS) EBM847B10 10 E EN
2.1 Life Insurance EBM827A10 10 E EN

NB 10 ECTS from the list above; 10 ECTS credits, quantative courses from MSc Economics,
MSc BA, MSc Mathematics or from the list of elective courses above or from another
programme of master level (e.g. LNMB, see www.lnmb.nl), all to the discretion of the
Board of Examiners.

D13.3 Rules and choices


Rules and choices MSc EORAS - Operations Research
MSc information meeting November and April/May

MSc admission requirements Bachelor’s degree in Econometrics and


Operations Research, or
Econometrics (RUG), and
sufficient command of English (see art. 4.1 of the
MSc OER).
For entry requirements with other bachelor’s
degrees, see Section 4 of the MSc OER

153
Student Handbook 2010-2011

Provisional admission to MSc ≥ 165 ECTS credits of the bachelor’s degree


EORAS - Operations Research programme (for students who first enrolled in
(for a maximum period of six September 2008 or later: including Bachelor’s
months, which can be extended Thesis), and
once by six months; for students sufficient command of English (see art. 4.1 of the
enrolled before September 2008 MSc OER).
the maximum period is 12 Some master’s courses may have additional
months; prerequisites. See the course descriptions in
see art. 4.8 of the MSc OER) Ocasys.
N.B. As of September 2011, the provisional
admission will probably be abolished.
Planning problems after The combination of master’s courses with
provisional admission (several) bachelor’s courses can lead to a
considerable delay.
Entrance to MSc EORAS - 1st of September (later is possible, but not
Operations Research recommended due to the programme structure)
MSc course prerequisites See art. 4.4 of the MSc OER and the course
descriptions in Ocasys.
Master’s Thesis prerequisites Bachelor’s degree and
≥ 20 ECTS credits of master’s courses
MSc programme approval Students can apply for approval in Progress.
Instructions are available on the internet.

154
Master’s degrees

D14 MSc Econometrics, Operations Research & Actuarial Studies –


Actuarial Studies

D14.1 Programme description


Director & Coordinator: Prof. M.H. van der Vlerk, m.h.van.der.vlerk@rug.nl, 050-
3633816
Secretary: Mrs E. M. Baars-Drent, secr.ee.feb@rug.nl, 050-3637018
Study advisor(s): Student Support Desk,
http://www.rug.nl/feb/studentsupport/masterstudent (for information, questions or
appointments)

Objectives and content


The programme in Econometrics, Operations Research and Actuarial Studies aims at
the description and analysis of problems in economics, management and related
areas by mathematical models. Acquiring a research-oriented attitude on the one
hand, and knowledge of the most important models used on the other hand form the
main ingredients, together with the ability to transform the outcome of the models in
relevant results for the field of application.
The Specialization Actuarial Studies is especially concerned with topics related to
insurance: life insurance, risk insurance and reinsurance. Insurance is closely related
to investment strategies, social security, negotiations between employers and
employees on pensions etc. The intrinsic uncertainties in the field make tools like
econometrics and statistics indispensable.
The curriculum consists of two advanced actuarial courses, one course to be chosen
from the complete set of courses for the master of Econometrics, Operations Research
and Actuarial Studies, one course in quantitative economics and a master’s thesis.
The topic of the Master’s thesis has to be in the field of actuarial science.

Career prospects
Graduates in actuarial studies generally have no problem in finding a job. Acquiring
a Ph.D. position is an option, not only in actuarial science, but also in econometrics,
economics, management science or one of the social sciences. Financial institutions
like banks, insurance companies and pension funds are likely employers for
graduates in actuarial studies. The ‘Actuarieel Instituut’ (Actuarial Institute) offers
additional courses for those who want to become an actuary. Completion gives the
right to carry the title ‘Actuaris AG’ (certified by the ‘Actuarieel Genootschap’; title:
‘AG’ behind your name).

D14.2 Degree programme


C = Compulsory; E = Elective; EG = Elective Group; lang = language; courses marked
with ** may be taken in other periods. See the course description in Ocasys for more
details.

155
Student Handbook 2010-2011

Programme: MSc Econometrics, Operations Research & Actuarial


Studies/EORAS
Year: 1
Profile: Actuarial Studies

sem course title code EC C/E lang


1.1-2 Risk Models EBM849A10 10 C EN
1.1-2 elective(s) MSc EORAS (see list) 10 C EN
1.1-2 elective(s) MSc EORAS (see list) 10 EG EN
1.1-2 or other quantitative course(s) 10 EG EN
2.1-2 Master’s Thesis Actuarial Studies EBM871A20 20 C EN
2.1 Life Insurance EBM827A10 10 C EN

Programme: MSc Econometrics, Operations Research & Actuarial


Studies/EORAS
Year: 1
Profile: electives EORAS

sem course title code EC C/E lang


1.1-2 Advanced Industrial Organization EBM826A10 10 E EN
1.1-2 Applied Statistics for Econometrics EBM805A10 10 E EN
1.1-2 Econometric Theory and Methods EBM835B10 10 E EN
1.1-2 Financial Econometrics EBM820A10 10 E EN
1.1-2 Stochastic Programming EBM853A10 10 E EN
2.1 Applied Econometrics (EORAS) EBM847B10 10 E EN
2.1 Quantitative Logistics EBM843A10 10 E EN

NB 10 ECTS from the list above; 10 ECTS credits, quantative courses from MSc Economics,
MSc BA, MSc Mathematics or from the list of elective courses above or from another
programme of master level (e.g. LNMB, see www.lnmb.nl), all to the discretion of the
Board of Examiners.

D14.3 Rules and choices


Rules and choices MSc EORAS - Actuarial Studies

MSc information meeting November and April/May

MSc admission requirements Bachelor’s degree in Econometrics and


Operations Research, or
Econometrics (RUG), and
sufficient command of English (see Art. 4.1 of the
MSc OER).

156
Master’s degrees

For entry requirements with other bachelor’s


degrees, see Section 4 of the MSc OER
Provisional admission to MSc ≥ 165 ECTS credits of the bachelor’s degree
EORAS - Actuarial Studies (for a programme (for students who first enrolled in
maximum period of six months, September 2008 or later: including Bachelor’s
which can be extended once by Thesis), and
six months; for students enrolled sufficient command of English (see art. 4.1 of the
before September 2008 the MSc OER).
maximum period is 12 months; Some master’s courses may have additional
see art. 4.8 of the MSc OER) prerequisites. See the course descriptions in
Ocasys.
N.B. As of September 2011, the provisional
admission will probably be abolished.
Planning problems after The combination of master’s courses with
provisional admission (several) bachelor’s courses can lead to a
considerable delay.
Entrance to MSc EORAS - 1st of September (later is possible, but not
Actuarial Studies recommended due to the programme structure)
MSc course prerequisites See art. 4.4 of the MSc OER and the course
descriptions in Ocasys.
Master’s Thesis prerequisites Bachelor’s degree and
≥ 20 ECTS credits of master’s courses
MSc programme approval Students can apply for approval in Progress.
Instructions are available on the internet.

157
Student Handbook 2010-2011

D15 MSc Economics

D15.1 Programme description


Director: Vacancy
Coordinator: Dr J.P. Elhorst, j.p.elhorst@rug.nl, 050-3633893
Secretary: Mrs. E.M. Baars-Drent, secr.ee.feb@rug.nl. 050-3637018
Study advisor(s): Student Support Desk,
http://www.rug.nl/feb/studentsupport/masterstudent (for information, questions or
appointments)

Objectives and content


The Master’s degree programme in Economics graduates students who are able to
apply advanced economic theory to analyse economic issues related to society at
large. It trains students for positions in which they contribute as economists to
decision-making in (inter)national government bodies, public organizations, and
private corporations like financial institutions, multinationals and consultancy firms.

The objective of the programme is to teach students economic theory at a high


analytical level. The main focus is on contemporary economic theories in core fields
of the economics discipline. An additional goal is to familiarize students with the
application of theory and research methods to economic practice and economic
policy. Such a combination of rigorous academic thinking with practical applications
is essential for any professional active in the fields of economics policy or research.
Finally, graduates of the programme must be able to conduct economic research.

English is the language of teaching and communication. The international character


of the programme is further demonstrated by the fact that the best international
textbooks available are used. In the various courses, students study papers published
in prominent academic journals in order to keep up with the latest developments.
Courses are taught by specialists who have an international reputation in their field
of research and/or a key role in public debates.

The MSc in Economics has a straightforward structure. Its main focus is on up-to-
date economic theories in microeconomics/industrial organisation and
macroeconomics/monetary economics, but a wide scope of other areas within the
economics discipline is also covered. Students learn how the economy impacts upon
society, and how economic theory can be applied to interpret and analyse economic
problems. Students complete their study with the writing of a thesis to prove their
abilities in conducting economic research.

Career prospects
Economists are employed in many different types of companies, institutions and
organizations. Some examples of career opportunities for graduates:

158
Master’s degrees

– Financial institutions: banks, pension funds and insurance companies are


important employers of general economists. Examples are: De Nederlandsche
Bank (the Netherlands Central Bank), the European Central Bank, commercial
banks such as ABN-AMRO, ING and Rabobank, and insurance companies like
AEGON.
– Government: General economists work at all ministries, in particular at the
Ministry for Economic Affairs (including the CPB Netherlands Bureau for
Economic Policy Analysis), Ministry of Finance, Ministry of Social Affairs and
Employment, and the Ministry for Housing, Regional Development and the
Environment.
– Companies such as Shell, Unilever, Philips and Gasunie.
– Universities in the Netherlands and abroad.
– International organizations like the OECD, the IMF, the World bank, the EU, and
the European Central Bank.
– Local authorities such as provinces and municipalities.
– Institutions for applied research, such as the CBS (Statistics Netherlands), the
Algemene Rekenkamer (the Netherlands Court of Audit), TNO, and the Social
and Cultural Planning Office.

General economists are employed in various areas of work:


– scientific or policy-orientated research (DNB, CPB, OECD, IMF);
– policy-making: mainly in large organizations;
– management: especially in businesses;
– applied research (NEI, TNO, and research bureaus);
– education;
– journalism.

D15.2 Degree programme


C = Compulsory; E = Elective; EG = Elective Group; lang = language; courses marked
with ** may be taken in other periods. See the course description in Ocasys for more
details.

Programme: MSc Economics


Year: 1
Profile: core programme MSc Economics

sem course title code EC C/E lang


1.1-2 elective(s) MSc Economics (see list) 10 C EN
1.1-2 Markets and Competition EBM832A10 10 C EN
1.1 Advanced Monetary Economics EBM006A05 5 C EN
1.2 Advanced Macroeconomics EBM836B05 5 C EN
2.1-2 Master’s Thesis Economics EBM877A20 20 C EN

159
Student Handbook 2010-2011

2.1-2 course(s) MSc BA Finance 10 EG EN


2.1-2 or course(s) MSc EORAS 10 EG EN
2.1-2 or course(s) MSc IE&B 10 EG EN
2.1-2 or elective(s) MSc Economics (see list) 10 EG EN

NB The student has to choose at least 1 of the electives of the MSc Economics, either in
semester I or in semester II.

Programme: MSc Economics


Year: 1
Profile: electives MSc Economics

sem course title code EC C/E lang


1.1-2 Economic History (master) EBM815A10 10 E EN
1.2 + Spatial Economics & Econometrics EBM852D10 10 E EN
2.1
2.1-2 Money and Banking EBM837A10 10 E EN
2.1 Empirical Micro Economics EBM804B10 10 E EN
2.1 Public Choice & Law and Economics EBM841A10 10 E EN

D15.3 Rules and choices


Rules and choices MSc Economics
MSc information meeting November and April/May

MSc admission requirements Bachelor’s degree in Economics and Business


Economics (Economics profile), or
Economics, and
sufficient command of English (see art. 4.1 of the
MSc OER).
For entry requirements with other bachelor’s
degrees, see Section 4 of the MSc OER
Provisional admission to MSc ≥ 165 ECTS credits of the bachelor’s degree
Economics (for a maximum programme (for students who first enrolled in
period of six months, which can September 2008 or later: including Bachelor’s
be extended once by six months; Thesis), and
for students enrolled before sufficient command of English (see art. 4.1 of the
September 2008 the maximum MSc OER).
period is 12 months; Some master’s courses may have additional
see art. 4.8 of the MSc OER) prerequisites. See the course descriptions in
Ocasys.
N.B. As of September 2011, the provisional
admission will probably be abolished.

160
Master’s degrees

Planning problems after The combination of master’s courses with


provisional admission (several) bachelor’s courses can lead to a
considerable delay.
Entrance to MSc Economics 1st of September (later is possible, but not
recommended due to the programme structure)
MSc course prerequisites See the course descriptions in Ocasys.
Master’s Thesis prerequisites Bachelor’s degree and
≥ 20 ECTS credits of master’s courses
MSc programme approval Students can apply for approval in Progress.
Instructions are available on the internet.

161
Student Handbook 2010-2011

D16 MSc Human Resource Management

D16.1 Programme description


Director: Prof. O. Janssen, 050-363 7199, o.janssen@rug.nl
Coordinator: J. van Polen MSc, 050-3637197, j.van.polen@rug.nl
Secretary: Ms C.R. Teuben, Ms H.I. Meijer, 050-363 4288
Study advisor(s): Student Support Desk,
http://www.rug.nl/feb/studentsupport/masterstudent (for information, questions or
appointments)

Objective/content
The Master of Science in Human Resource Management (HRM) aims to graduate
students who are able to define, analyze, and evaluate problems and issues related to
the management of work and employment of people in organizations. Students
acquire rigorous academic thinking and scientific skills to consider and explore how
HRM policies and practices can be developed and applied to ensure the availability,
employability, commitment, and vitality of employees needed to accomplish
organizational goals.
The essence of HRM is to achieve a balance between the demand for labour and the
supply of labour within the context of an organization’s specific strategy and internal
and external environment. Students are taught how this strategic labour allocation
process can be managed by influencing (a) the design of the work organization
(tasks, jobs, work teams, work units) from which the demand for personnel
originates, and (b) the employment of people who supply the knowledge, skills, and
abilities that are required to perform the tasks and jobs designed. Thus, rather than
one-sidedly adapting people to work, emphasis is put on mutually adjusting work
and people. Moreover, students learn to consider how a (mis-)fit between the design
of work and the management of people influences people’s work attitudes,
performance, and well-being.
The focus of the programme is on understanding and applying theories and
principles that research has shown to advance the management of human resources
in organizations. That is, students learn how HRM policies and practices can be
founded on the best available research-based evidence that has been obtained and
established in social and business sciences. Students adopt this research-based
approach when they conduct their own research projects during the programme.

Career prospects
Graduates are highly employable and find a broad variety of jobs in HRM-related
domains in all kinds of organizations. Some examples of positions are: junior human
resource manager, recruitment and selection officer, training and development
officer, personnel consultant, organizational advisor, or policy officer for personnel
affairs. Besides a professional career, graduates may opt for an academic career and
apply for a position as a scientific researcher in a PhD programme at a university.

162
Master’s degrees

D16.2 Degree programme


C = Compulsory; E = Elective; EG = Elective Group; lang = language; courses marked
with ** may be taken in other periods. See the course description in Ocasys for more
details.

Programme: MSc Human Resource Management/HRM


Year: 1
Profile: core programme MSc HRM

sem course title code EC C/E lang


1.1-2 + electives MSc HRM (see list) 15 C EN
2.1-2
1.1 Strategic HRM EBM011A05 5 C EN
1.1 Theories of Organizational Change EBM013A05 5 C EN
1.2 Personnel Instruments EBM014A05 5 C EN
1.2 Work Design and Team Processes EBM012A05 5 C EN
1.2 + 2.1 Research and Professional Skills EBM009A05 5 C EN
2.1-2 Master’s Thesis HRM EBM722B20 20 C EN

NB Students enrolled before september 2010 write a Master’s Thesis of 25 EC.

Programme: MSc Human Resource Management/HRM


Year: 1
Profile: electives MSc HRM

sem course title code EC C/E lang


1.1-2 Service Operations EBM634A05 5 E EN
1.1 Corporate Governance & Stakeholder Man. EBM671A05 5 E EN
1.2 HRM & International Labour Law EBM733A05 5 E EN
1.2 Personnel Economics EBM678A05 5 E EN
2.1 Advanced Quality Management EBM632A05 5 E EN
2.1 Conflict Man. & Industrial Relations EBM673A05 5 E EN
2.1 Management Consulting EBM706A05 5 E EN

D16.3 Rules and choices


Rules and choices MSc Human Resource Management

MSc information meeting November and April/May

MSc admission requirements Bachelor’s degree in Business Administration, or


completed HRM Pre-MSc-programme, and

163
Student Handbook 2010-2011

sufficient command of English (see Art. 4.1 of the


MSc OER).
For entry requirements with other bachelor’s
degrees, see Section 4 of the MSc OER
Provisional admission to MSc ≥ 165 ECTS credits of the bachelor’s degree
Human Resource Management programme (for students who first enrolled in
(for a maximum period of six September 2008 or later: including Bachelor’s
months, which can be extended Thesis), or
once by six months; for students ≥ 50 ECTS credits of the Pre-MSc programme
enrolled before September 2008 (including ‘Introduction to HRM’, ‘Mathematics
the maximum period is 12 for Pre-MSc’, ‘Business Research Methods for Pre-
months; MSc’, the Research Paper for Pre-MSc HRM), and
see art. 4.8 of the MSc OER) sufficient command of English
(see Art. 4.1 of the MSc OER).
Some master’s courses may have additional
prerequisites. See the course descriptions in
Ocasys.
N.B. As of September 2011, the provisional
admission will probably be abolished.
Planning problems after The combination of master’s courses with
provisional admission (several) bachelor’s courses can lead to a
considerable delay.
Entrance to MSc Human 1st of September (later is possible, but not
Resource Management recommended due to the programme structure)
MSc course prerequisites See the course descriptions in Ocasys.
Master’s Thesis prerequisites Bachelor’s degree or certificate of the pre-MSc
programme and
≥ 20 ECTS credits of master’s courses
MSc programme approval Students can apply for approval in Progress.
Instructions are available on the internet.

164
Master’s degrees

D17 MSc International Business & Management

D17.1 Programme description


Director: H.A. Ritsema LLM, h.a.ritsema@rug.nl, 050-3633844
Coordinator: Mrs R. van Est-van der Weg, r.van.est@rug.nl, 050-3636692 / 3633458
Study advisor(s): Student Support Desk,
http://www.rug.nl/feb/studentsupport/masterstudent (for information, questions or
appointments)

Objectives and content


The MSc IB&M focuses on the business and management aspects related to
multinational enterprises. The main courses focus on Leadership Issues within
Multinational Companies, Advanced International Financial Management, and
Advanced International Business with a strong focus on recent developments within
and around multinationals and finally, Comparative Institutional Approaches.
Students can expect to pursue these courses by studying literature, reflecting on
state-of-the-art and new (scientific) developments in the field that goes beyond the
basic textbook knowledge. Given that course lecturers are able to draw on their own
research work when designing and developing the courses they teach, the courses
retain a strong focus on existent challenges and solutions as well as a high degree of
familiarity with state of the art literature.

During the second semester, a methodology course will be provided with the
objective of imparting the specific research skills that are crucial to management’s
ability to analyse new environments and pertinent developments. In order to
complete your MSc study, you will be required to write a master thesis, which may
be combined with an internship within an organization.

Double Degree programmes


IB&M offers the following Double Degree programmes:
– with the Uppsala University:
MSc in International Financial Management (IB&M, RUG) and
MSc in Business and Economics (Uppsala University)
– with the Newcastle University Business School:
MSc in International Business and Management (IB&M, RUG) and
MSc in International Business Management & Marketing (Newcastle University
Business School)
For further information see sections E6 and E7.

Career Prospects
After completing the Master’s degree, a wide range of business management careers
in international, multinational or transnational companies and organizations will be
open. Graduates have found positions with an obvious international dimension, such

165
Student Handbook 2010-2011

as export manager, international marketeer or international sales manager. Other


positions such as product manager, treasury manager, human resources manager
and management development officer are also important options as they
increasingly operate in an international context.
Students may also consider continuing their career within the academic field.

D17.2 Degree programme


C = Compulsory; E = Elective; EG = Elective Group; lang = language; courses marked
with ** may be taken in other periods. See the course description in Ocasys for more
details.

Programme: MSc International Business & Management/IB&M


Year: 1
Profile: MSc IB&M

sem course title code EC C/E lang


1.1-2 Advanced IE&B** EBM802A10 10 C EN
1.1-2 Advanced International Business** EBM856A10 10 C EN
1.1-2 Master’s Thesis IB&M** EBM719A25 25 C EN
1.1 Advanced International Management** EBM715A05 5 C EN
1.1 Research Methodology for MSc IB&M** EBM718A05 5 C EN
1.2 Advanced International Fin. Management** EBM714A05 5 C EN

D17.3 Rules and choices


Rules and choices MSc International Business and Management
MSc information meeting November and April/May

MSc admission requirements Bachelor’s degree in Business Administration


(IB&M profile), or
completed IB&M Pre-MSc-programme, and
sufficient command of English (see art. 4.1 of the
MSc OER).
For entry requirements with other bachelor’s
degrees, see Section 4 of the MSc OER
Provisional admission to MSc ≥ 165 ECTS credits of the bachelor’s degree
International Business and programme (for students who first enrolled in
Management (for a maximum September 2008 or later: including Bachelor’s
period of six months, which can Thesis), or
be extended once by six months; ≥ 50 ECTS credits of the Pre-MSc programme
for students enrolled before (including ‘Managing International Business
September 2008 the maximum Organizations’, ‘Mathematics for Pre-MSc’,
period is 12 months; ‘Business Research Methods for Pre-MSc’, the
see art. 4.8 of the MSc OER) Research Paper for Pre-MSc IB&M), and

166
Master’s degrees

sufficient command of English (see art. 4.1 of the


MSc OER).
Some master’s courses may have additional
prerequisites. See the course descriptions in
Ocasys.
N.B. As of September 2011, the provisional
admission will probably be abolished.
Planning problems after The combination of master’s courses with
provisional admission (several) bachelor’s courses can lead to a
considerable delay.
Entrance to MSc International 1st of September (later is possible, but not
Business and Management recommended due to the programme structure)
MSc course prerequisites See the course descriptions in Ocasys.

The entry requirements for Research


Methodology for MSc IB&M are the same as for
the Master’s Thesis IB&M.
Master’s Thesis prerequisites Bachelor’s degree or certificate of the pre-MSc
programme and
≥ 20 ECTS credits of master’s courses.
For additional regulations see the MSc IB&M
Thesis Manual (available via Nestor).
Master’s Thesis starting dates Students can start with their Master’s Thesis and
the related course Research Methodology for MSc
IB&M twice a year at the beginning of each new
semester.
MSc programme approval Students can apply for approval in Progress.
Instructions are available on the internet.

167
Student Handbook 2010-2011

D18 MSc International Economics & Business

D18.1 Programme description


Director: Vacancy
Secretary: Secretariat IE&B, secr.ieb.feb@rug.nl, 050-3633716
Study advisor(s): Student Support Desk,
http://www.rug.nl/feb/studentsupport/masterstudent (for information, questions or
appointments)

Objectives and content


The MSc-programme in International Economics & Business (IE&B) centers around
the Multinational Enterprise (MNE). The programme aims to train students in
(strategic) decision-making in national or international corporations and public
organizations, such as financial institutions, consultancy firms, government agencies
and the like. In doing so, the MSc-IE&B has a strong focus on one integrative topic,
i.e. Multinational Enterprises in relationship to the World Economy. When studying
this topic, students acquire knowledge on international trade, economic geography,
innovation theory, international business strategy, with (generalized) transaction cost
theory,international economics, the theory of business systems and comparative
institutional theory as the main analytical building blocks. Furthermore, the MSc
graduate is able to apply this knowledge in different settings and interpret the
interrelationship between the knowledge areas. By analysing (applied) research
questions in the field of international economics, comparative institutional analysis
and international business strategy, students take the first steps towards research
and the analysis of relatively complex problems in the field.

The first semester of the programme consists of three major MSc courses, namely
Advanced International Economics (‘ Multinational Enterprises and Trade’),
Advanced International Business (‘Management Challenge of Globalisation’) and an
integrative course on Advanced IE&B (‘Comparative Institutional Approaches’). The
courses focus and apply the state-of-the-art literature in academic journals, and the
practising of tools for research and analysis. The second semester of the master
programme includes a Research Methodology course and the writing of the MSc
thesis, under supervision of one of the senior IE&B professors or associate professors.

Double degree programmes


IE&B offers the following Double Degree programmes :
– with the Norwegian School of Management, BI (Oslo):
MSc in International Economics and Business (IE&B, RUG) and
Msc in Economics and Business, specialization Strategy (BI, Oslo)
– with the Georg-August-Universität Göttingen:
MSc in International Economics and Business (IE&B, RUG) and
MA in International Economics (Georg-August-Universität Göttingen)

168
Master’s degrees

– with the Corvinus University Budapest:


MSc in International Economics and Business (IE&B, RUG) and
MA in International Economy and Business (Corvinus University Budapest)
For further information see sections E3, E4 and A45

Career prospects
The International Economics and Business programme is focused on developing the
kind of skills and abilities needed by those who work as professional economists,
strategic consultants and economic advisers. Next to a solid understanding of
business strategy, international economics and quantitative research methods, the
ongoing globalisation of economic policy and business strategy does require MSc
graduates to have distinct professional capabilities. The diversity of international
organizations requires the ability to function in international and multicultural teams
so as to add value to the organization. As a result, HRM-departments will recruit
internationally, which requires MSc graduates to be able to compete internationally
for staff positions. The MSc-IE&B offers a consistant international setting both in
terms of content and organizations at high level. Students have the possibility to
participate in high level contract research activities of international organizations,
such as the Conference Board (New York) and the International Labour Organization
(ILO, Geneva). Professionals from international organizations are actively invited to
provide guest lectures, and some members of the academic staff have strong
relationships with international research and consultancy institutes or policy advice
centers (such as the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development
(OECD), World Bank, The Conference Board, CESifo instiute Munich, the Social and
Economic Council of the Netherlands, The Netherlands’ Bureau for Economic Policy
Analysis (CPB), and Towers Perrin Netherlands). This interaction with the
professional practice offers ample opportunities to discuss the intended learning
outcomes of the programme. In order to strengthen the relationship with the
professional practice, the programme’s director considers the establishment of an
advisory board.

D18.2 Degree programme


C = Compulsory; E = Elective; EG = Elective Group; lang = language; courses marked
with ** may be taken in other periods. See the course description in Ocasys for more
details.

Programme: MSc International Economics & Business/IE&B


Year: 1

sem course title code EC C/E lang


1.1-2 Advanced IE&B EBM802A10 10 C EN
1.1-2 Advanced International Business EBM856A10 10 C EN
1.1-2 Advanced International Economics EBM801A10 10 C EN

169
Student Handbook 2010-2011

2.1-2 Master’s Thesis IE&B EBM868A25 25 C EN


2.1-2 Research Methodology for MSc IE&B EBM846A05 5 C EN

D18.3 Rules and choices


Rules and choices MSc International Economics and Business

MSc information meeting November and April/May

MSc admission requirements Bachelor’s degree in Economics and Business


Economics (IE&B profile), or
International Economics and Business, or
completed IE&B Pre-MSc-programme, and
sufficient command of English (see art. 4.1 of the
MSc OER).
For entry requirements with other bachelor’s
degrees, see Section 4 of the MSc OER
Provisional admission to MSc ≥ 165 ECTS credits of the bachelor’s degree
InternationalEconomics and programme (for students who first enrolled in
Business (for a maximum period September 2008 or later: including Bachelor’s
of six months, which can be Thesis), or
extended once by six months; for ≥ 50 ECTS credits of the Pre-MSc programme
students enrolled before (including ‘Mathematics for Pre-MSc’, ‘Statistics II
September 2008 the maximum for IE&B’, ‘Business Research Methods for Pre-
period is 12 months; MSc IE&B’, the Research Paper for Pre-MSc
see art. 4.8 of the MSc OER) IE&B), and
sufficient command of English (see art. 4.1 of the
MSc OER).
Some master’s courses may have additional
prerequisites. See the course descriptions in
Ocasys.
N.B. As of September 2011, the provisional
admission will probably be abolished.
Planning problems after The combination of master’s courses with
provisional admission (several) bachelor’s courses can lead to a
considerable delay.
Entrance to MSc International 1st of September (later is possible, but not
Economics and Business recommended due to the programme structure)
MSc course prerequisites See the course descriptions in Ocasys.
The entry requirements for the related part of
Research Methodology for MSc IE&B are the
same as for the Master’s Thesis IE&B.
Master’s Thesis prerequisites Bachelor’s degree or certificate of the pre-MSc
programme and
≥ 20 ECTS credits of master’s courses.

170
Master’s degrees

MSc programme approval Students can apply for approval in Progress.


Instructions are available on the internet.

171
Student Handbook 2010-2011

D19 MSc Technology Management

D19.1 Programme description


Director: Dr J. Riezebos, 050 363 4853, j.riezebos@rug.nl
Coordinator: Dr G.C. Ruël, 050-363 7314, g.c.ruel@rug.nl
Secretary: Ms N. van de Beek, 050 363 3921, n.van.de.beek@rug.nl
Study advisor(s): Student Support Desk,
http://www.rug.nl/feb/studentsupport/masterstudent (for information, questions or
appointments)

Objective/Content
The aim of the Master’s degree programme in Technology Management is to provide
students with the scientific knowledge and competence to describe, investigate, and
manage technological innovations. Technological innovations are nowadays one of
the most important means for the success of organizations in a competitive
environment. Product and/or process innovation may bring new markets and/or a
better overall performance. Technological innovations usually have an impact on (the
design of) the whole organization and its environment. This fact is broadly
recognized in industry and service organizations. It impels the need for an
integrative approach of technological innovations. The Master’s degree programme
in Technology Management provides students with the relevant theories, concepts,
and ‘tools’ required for such an integrative approach.
The programme is schematically presented on the next page; it consists of four core
courses. The courses Advanced Product & Service Development and Information
Management and Process Innovation and Operation Excellence concern managerial
choices with respect to product and process innovations. They address the issues of
‘what to offer’ and ‘how to produce’. Financial and organizational/social issues play
an important role in the assessment of technological innovations. These aspects are
dealt with in the courses Management Accounting for Technological Innovation and
Social System Analysis of Technological Innovations. These two courses address the
issues of ‘what does it cost’ and ‘how to organize’. Integration is an important theme
in the Technology Management MSc. There are two integrative courses in the
programme. The first integrative course, Strategic Management of Technology, is
meant to train students in the strategic positioning and assessment of technological
innovations. Technology Managers will contribute to this course. Keyword in the
course is ‘to recognize’. The second integrative course, Technology Business Plan,
puts students in the role of technology manager. Here, students have to develop a
technology business plan for a real case situation. Keyword for this course is ‘to do’.
This course also includes training in some essential communication skills. Next to
their own contribution to the programme, the integrative courses force students to
apply the knowledge of the four basis courses on practical situations. Next to the
compulsory courses, students may choose two elective courses. These elective
courses make it possible for students to choose their own profile within their

172
Master’s degrees

education. Elective courses can be selected from various fields, such as Engineering,
ICT, Marketing, Operations & Supply Chains, Finance, Accounting or Small Business
& Entrepreneurship. The keyword for the elective courses is ‘profile’. In the Master’s
thesis project, students will be trained and have to demonstrate their ability to do
research in the area of Technology Management. The keyword for this part of the
programme is ‘to demonstrate’.

Career prospects
Graduates may find jobs such as technology manager, product manager, innovation
consultant, project manager of product and/or process innovations, manager product
development, quality manager, production manager, etc.

D19.2 Degree programme


C = Compulsory; E = Elective; EG = Elective Group; lang = language; courses marked
with ** may be taken in other periods. See the course description in Ocasys for more
details.

Programme: MSc Technology Management/TM


Year: 1
Profile: core programme MSc TM

sem course title code EC C/E lang


1.1 Advanced Product & Service Development EBM760A05 5 C EN
1.1 Management Acc. for Techn. Innovation EBM761A05 5 C EN
1.2 Process Innovation & Oper. Excellenc EBM762A05 5 C EN
1.2 Social System Analysis of Techn. Innov. EBM763A05 5 C EN
1.2 Technology Business Plan** EBM765A05 5 C EN
2.1-2 elective(s) MSc TM (see list) 10 C EN
2.1-2 Master’s Thesis Technology Management EBM766A20 20 C EN
2.1 Strategic Management of Technology** EBM764A05 5 C EN

Programme: MSc Technology Management/TM


Year: 1
Profile: electives MSc TM

sem course title code EC C/E lang


1.1-2 Business Processes & ICT EBM646A10 10 E EN
1.1-2 Entrepreneurial Skills II** EBM816A08 8 E EN
1.1-2 Field Course Finance EBM647A10 10 E EN
1.1-2 ICT: Human & Organizational Issues EBM653A10 10 E EN
1.1-2 Inf. Systems for Operations & Supply Ch. EBM658A05 5 E EN
1.1-2 Simulation of Business Processes TBSBP05E 5 E EN
1.1-2 Spec. Course OMC: Management Acc.** EBB884A10 10 E EN

173
Student Handbook 2010-2011

1.1 Advanced Purchasing & Supply Man. EBM716A05 5 E EN


1.1 Credit Risk Analysis EBM860A05 5 E EN
1.1 Entrepreneurial Skills I** EBM606A02 2 E EN
1.1 Flexible Manufacturing Automation TBFMA06E 6 E EN
1.1 Innovation & Entrepreneurship EBM621A05 5 E EN
1.2 Applied Capital Budgeting & Finance EBM661A05 5 E EN
1.2 E-commerce EBM813A05 5 E EN
1.2 Information Handling & System Design TBIDH05E 5 E EN
1.2 Operations Management Process Industries EBM725B05 5 E EN
1.2 Retail Marketing EBM880A05 5 E EN
1.2 Sustainable and Integrated Inf. Systems EBM630B05 5 E EN
1.2 Work Design and Team Processes EBM012A05 5 E EN
2.1-2 Consumer Behavior EBM809A10 10 E EN
2.1 Advanced Quality Management EBM632A05 5 E EN
2.1 Business Intelligence TBBI05E 5 E EN
2.1 Conflict Man. & Industrial Relations EBM673A05 5 E EN
2.1 Global Operations & Supply Chains EBM614A05 5 E EN
2.1 Management Consulting EBM706A05 5 E EN
2.1 Systems Engineering TBSE05E 5 E EN
2.2 Advanced Product Engineering CHTAPE05E 5 E EN
2.2 IT management and consultancy TBIMC05E 5 E NL

D19.3 Rules and choices


Rules and choices MSc Technology Management
MSc information meeting November and April/May

MSc admission requirements Bachelor’s degree in Technology Management or


Industrial Engineering and Management, or
completed TM Pre-MSc-programme,
and sufficient command of English (see Art. 4.1 of
the MSc OER).
For entry requirements with other bachelor’s
degrees, see Section 4 of the MSc OER
Provisional admission to MSc ≥ 165 ECTS credits of the bachelor’s degree
Technology Management (for a programme (for students who first enrolled in
maximum period of six months, September 2008 or later: including Bachelor’s
which can be extended once by Thesis), or
six months; for students enrolled ≤ 15 ECTS credits open of the TM Pre-MSc
before September 2008 the programme, and
maximum period is 12 months; sufficient command of English (see art. 4.1 of the
see art. 4.8 of the MSc OER) MSc OER).

174
Master’s degrees

Some master’s courses may have additional


prerequisites. See the course descriptions in
Ocasys.
N.B. As of September 2011, the provisional
admission will probably be abolished.
Planning problems after The combination of master’s courses with
provisional admission (several) bachelor’s courses can lead to a
considerable delay.
Entrance to MSc Technology 1st of September (later is possible, but not
Management recommended due to the programme structure)
MSc course prerequisites See the course descriptions in Ocasys.
Master’s Thesis prerequisites Bachelor’s degree or certificate of the pre-MSc
programme and
≥ 20 ECTS credits of master’s courses.
MSc programme approval Students can apply for approval in Progress.
Instructions are available on the internet.

175
Student Handbook 2010-2011

D20 Research Master’s in Economics & Business

D20.1 Programme description


Director: Dr J.T. van der Vaart, j.t.van.der.vaart@rug.nl, 050-363 7060
Coordinator: Dr M.A. Haan, m.a.haan@rug.nl, 050-363 7327
Research Coordinator: Ms A.C. Koning, a.c.koning@rug.nl, 050-363 3815

The Research Master Programme is a two-year programme aiming at the best,


brightest, and most ambitious students. It is run by the graduate school SOM. The
aim of the programme is to qualify students to do research in Economics and/or
Business. There is a strong focus on scientific and academic skills. The program is
especially designed for students who are looking for an intellectual challenge.
Graduates are ideally placed to become PhD students or to obtain research positions
in public or private organizations.
The Research Master Programme is selective. Only the most outstanding students are
admitted. Only the most outstanding researchers are teaching, both from Groningen
and, through our participation in national and international networks, from outside
Groningen. The small scale of the programme ensures an intensive exchange of
knowledge, both between lecturers and students and among students themselves.
Each student is individually supervised by a renowned researcher.

Profiles
– Economics and Econometrics;
– Marketing;
– International Economics and Business;
– Operations Management and Operations Research;
– Human Resource Management and Organizational Behavior

Admission
Every Bachelor’s degree in business, economics or econometrics and operations
research gives access to this Master’s programme. Also motivated students with
other Bachelor degrees (like Sociology, Mathematics, Psychology) are welcome to
apply. There is a selection procedure for this programme. Criteria for admission
include motivation, talent, research attitude, good/excellent study results, and an
excellent command of English. The latter can be demonstrated by holding a degree
from a Dutch university or an institution at which English is the language of
instruction, or by scoring at least 92 on the TOEFL (internet-based) or 6.5 on the
IELTS.

Career prospects
Graduates from our Research Master are ideally placed to become PhD students or to
obtain research positions in public or private organizations. Research Master
graduates have obtained PhD positions at the universities of Antwerp (Belgium),

176
Master’s degrees

Bocconi (Milan, Itally), Rotterdam, Sydney (Australia), Tilburg, Leiden and of course
Groningen, but others have started working at for instance Accenture, McKinsey, the
Dutch Ministry of Sociale Affairs and Employment, and the Dutch Central Bank.

Information
For more information (e.g. about tuition fees and applications) please contact SOM's
research coordinator, Mrs A.C. Koning (tel.: 050-363 3815, e-mail: a.c.koning@rug.nl).

D20.2 Degree programme


C = Compulsory; E = Elective; EG = Elective Group; lang = language; courses marked
with ** may be taken in other periods. See the course description in Ocasys for more
details.

Programme: Research Master in Economics and Business


Year: 1
Profile: Profile Economics & Econometrics

sem course title code EC C/E lang


1.1-2 + elective(s) Empirical Research Methods 10 C EN
2.1-2
1.1-2 + Learning and Practising Research EBM878A09 9 C EN
2.1-2
1.1-2 Macroeconomics & Monetary Economics EBM885A10 10 C EN
1.1-2 Microeconomics & Industrial Organization EBM886A10 10 C EN
1.2 Advanced Econometrics** EBM888A10 10 EG EN
2.1-2 or Advanced Political Economics EBM903A10 10 EG EN
2.1 or Corporate Finance EBM008A05 5 EG EN
2.2 and Advanced Corporate Finance EBM857B05 5 EG EN
2.1-2 Philosophy of Science&Research Meth. EBM735A10 10 C EN
2.2 English Writing EBM879B01 1 C EN

NB • Students are required to do at least 10 EC of coursework on Empirical Research


Methods. The courses used to fulfil these requirements are chosen by the student
after consultation of and approval by the Research Master coordinator. The
coordinator will make suggestions.
• Students that choose Corporate Finance, also have to choose Advanced Corporate
Finance, and vice-versa: when taken as an optional profile course, these courses can
only be chosen together.

177
Student Handbook 2010-2011

Programme: Research Master in Economics and Business


Year: 1
Profile: Profile Human Resource Management & Organizational
Behavior

sem course title code EC C/E lang


1.1-2 + elective(s) Empirical Research Methods 10 C EN
2.1-2
1.1-2 + Learning and Practising Research EBM878A09 9 C EN
2.1-2
1.2 Advances in Personnel Psychology EBM003A05 5 C EN
1.2 Advances in Team Research EBM004A05 5 C EN
1.1-2 Organ. Theory & Comp.Bus.Systems EBM891A10 10 EG EN
1.1 or Adv. in Org. Change Theory Building EBM002A05 5 EG EN
2.2 and Applying theories GMMSGE10 5 EG EN
2.1-2 Organizational Behaviour EBM769B10 10 C EN
2.1-2 Philosophy of Science&Research Meth. EBM735A10 10 C EN
2.2 English Writing EBM879B01 1 C EN

NB Students are required to do at least 10 EC of coursework on Empirical Research


Methods. The courses used to fulfill these requirements are chosen by the student after
consultation of and approval by the Research Master coordinator. The coordinator will
make suggestions.

Programme: Research Master in Economics and Business


Year: 1
Profile: Profile International Economics & Business

sem course title code EC C/E lang


1.1-2 + elective(s) Empirical Research Methods 10 C EN
2.1-2
1.1-2 + Learning and Practising Research EBM878A09 9 C EN
2.1-2
1.1-2 Economic Growth and Development EBM890B10 10 C EN
1.1-2 Organization Theory & Comp.Bus.Systems EBM891A10 10 C EN
1.1-2 Macroeconomics & Monetary Econ. EBM885A10 10 EG EN
1.1-2 or Microeconomics & Industrial Org. EBM886A10 10 EG EN
2.1-2 or International Trade and Loc. Theory EBM892A10 10 EG EN
2.1-2 or Organizational Behaviour EBM769B10 10 EG EN
2.1-2 Philosophy of Science&Research Meth. EBM735A10 10 C EN
2.2 English Writing EBM879B01 1 C EN

178
Master’s degrees

NB Students are required to do at least 10 EC of coursework on Empirical Research


Methods. The courses used to fulfill these requirements are chosen by the student after
consultation of and approval by the Research Master coordinator. The coordinator will
make suggestions.

Programme: Research Master in Economics and Business


Year: 1
Profile: Profile Marketing

sem course title code EC C/E lang


1.1-2 + elective(s) Empirical Research Methods 10 C EN
2.1-2
1.1-2 + Learning and Practising Research EBM878A09 9 C EN
2.1-2
1.1-2 Microeconomics & Industrial Org. EBM886A10 10 EG EN
1.1-2 or Multivariate Data Analysis EBM895A10 10 EG EN
1.2 or Advanced Econometrics** EBM888A10 10 EG EN
2.1-2 Advanced Marketing Models EBM893A10 10 C EN
2.1-2 Marketing Theory EBM894A10 10 C EN
2.1-2 Philosophy of Science&Research Meth. EBM735A10 10 C EN
2.2 English Writing EBM879B01 1 C EN

NB Students are required to do at least 10 EC of coursework on Empirical Research


Methods. The courses used to fulfill these requirements are chosen by the student after
consultation of and approval by the Research Master coordinator. The coordinator will
make suggestions.

Programme: Research Master in Economics and Business


Year: 1
Profile: Profile Operations Management & Operations Research

sem course title code EC C/E lang


1.1-2 + elective(s) Empirical Research Methods 10 C EN
2.1-2
1.1-2 + Learning and Practising Research EBM878A09 9 C EN
2.1-2
1.1-2 Advanced Models in Operations EBM001A10 10 C EN
1.1-2 Operations: Analysis, Planning & Design EBM770B10 10 C EN
2.1-2 Philosophy of Science&Research Meth. EBM735A10 10 C EN
2.1-2 Integration of Prod. & Process Design EBM768B10 10 EG EN
2.1-2 or Organizational Behaviour EBM769B10 10 EG EN
2.1 or Quantitative Logistics EBM843A10 10 EG EN
2.2 English Writing EBM879B01 1 C EN

179
Student Handbook 2010-2011

NB Students are required to do at least 10 EC of coursework on Empirical Research


Methods. The courses used to fulfill these requirements are chosen by the student after
consultation of and approval by the Research Master coordinator. The coordinator will
provide suggestions.

Programme: Research Master in Economics and Business


Year: 2

sem course title code EC C/E lang


1.1-2 + Additional profile / specialised courses 30 C EN
2.1-2
2.1-2 Master’s Thesis RM E&B EBM897A30 30 C EN

D20.3 Rules and choices


Rules and choices Research Master’s in Economics and Business
MSc information meeting November and April/May

MSc admission requirements Every Bachelor’s degree in business, economics


or econometrics gives access to this Master’s
programme. Also motivated students with other
Bachelor degrees (like Sociology, Mathematics,
Psychology) are welcome to apply. There is a
selection procedure for this programme. Criteria
for admission include motivation, talent, research
attitude, good/excellent study results, and an
excellent command of English. The latter can be
demonstrated by holding a degree from a Dutch
university or an institution at which English is the
language of instruction, or by scoring at least 92
on the TOEFL (internet-based) or 6.5 on the
IELTS.
Entrance to Research Master’s in 1st of September (later is possible, but not
Economics and Business recommended due to the programme structure)
MSc course prerequisites See the course descriptions in Ocasys.
MSc programme approval Students can apply for approval in Progress.
Instructions are available on the internet.

180
Double degree programmes

Part E Double degree programmes

E1 Introduction
The Faculty of Economics and Business offers double degrees at both the graduate
and undergraduate level. In the academic year 2009-2010, the Faculty has launched 5
new double degree Master programmes in economics and business-related fields
with renowned partner universities in Norway, England, Germany and Hungary.
Double degree programmes are already running with partners in China, Indonesia
and Sweden.

Double degrees afford access to different courses and research areas than those
offered at the home institution. They provide students with a deeper and/or broader
approach to their chosen field and a range of new electives. Additionally, the
programmes offer a level of international exposure that extends beyond the
traditional exchange programme. They are designed for students who already
participate in on-line global networks and are concerned with global issues. They
enable students to understand how their discipline is unfolding in different parts and
sectors of the world.

What is the difference between double/dual degrees and joint degrees?


Double or dual degrees are degrees in which two accredited, degree-awarding
institutions cooperate to grant two concurrent, independent degrees. Double or dual
degrees are developed on the basis of mutual recognition of the curriculum and
course content and credits earned (mandatory, core, electives) at the partner
institutions.
Joint degrees, by comparison, are arrangements in which two institutions collaborate
to award a single degree. Joint degrees involve joint curriculum development, joint
administration and joint graduation.

What are the benefits of double/dual degrees?


Particpating in a double degree programme can offer you several benefits:
– you can earn two accredited degrees in two specialisation fields for a fraction of
the time and cost of two consecutive degree programmes;
– you can experience international collaboration and function as a full-time student
in another country – and improve your language skills at the same time;
– you can deepen and broaden knowledge of your specialisation field in a different
research and teaching environment;
– you can expand your international network, gain access to national licensing and
establish academic and professional links in a foreign country and
– you can enhance your career opportunities by being an alumnus of two
internationally renowned universities in two different countries.

181
Student Handbook 2010-2011

E2 Double Degree MSc Business Administration/Marketing (FEB) and


Strategic Marketing Management (BI, Oslo)

E2.1 Programme description


Coördinator: Dr J.A. Voerman, j.a.voerman@rug.nl, 050-363 7069
Secretary: Ms H.G. Tamling, h.g.tamling@rug.nl, 050-363 7065
Study advisor(s): Student Support Desk,
http://www.rug.nl/feb/studentsupport/masterstudent (for information, questions or
appointments)

BI Norwegian School of Management, Oslo, Norway and the Faculty of Economics


and Business, University of Groningen, the Netherlands, have established a unique
high quality 2-year joint Master’s programme in Marketing. This is a unique
opportunity to expand and deepen your knowledge and expertise in your chosen
specialisation field of Marketing, experience a new and challenging research and
teaching environment and graduate with two stand-alone Master’s degrees.

Key facts
Start of programme: 1 September
Duration (in semesters): 4
Total credits: 120 EC
Language: English
Type of degree: • MSc in Strategic Marketing Management (from BI
Norwegian School of Management, Oslo)
• MSc in Business Administration, specialisation
Marketing/profile Marketing Research (from the
University of Groningen)
Graduates will also receive a diploma supplement on
which is mentioned that the degree is awarded within the
framework of the double degree programme with BI
Norwegian School of Management.
Tuition fees 2010 - 2011: EEA students € 1.672,- per year
Non EEA students € 11.300,- per year

Programme profile
The double degree MSc in Marketing programme aims to educate market-oriented
leaders for the modern economy. In the Groningen programme, the focus is on
customer relations and customer insights. Therefore, students learn how to collect
qualitative and quantitative data about customers and how to analyse these using the
latest and most advanced methods for analysing consumer behaviour. The Oslo
programme is founded on three pillars: marketing theory, statistical methods and
financial implications of marketing investments. Marketing managers oversee the
research that provides market knowledge to help guide their decisions on a large
number of issues such as which markets to target, which new products to develop,
what level of distribution will be most cost efficient, what price will optimize sales
and profits, and what communication themes and channels will best build brand

182
Double degree programmes

value. Practitioners in the field give guest lectures relating theory to real business
practice. The programme ends with a final degree project and a jointly supervised
thesis.

Programme content
MSc DD Marketing with BI specialising in Marketing Research and Strategic
Marketing Management
Master’s Year 1 Master’s Year 2
Semester 1 (RUG) Semester 2 (RUG) Semester 3 (BI, Oslo) Semester 4 (BI, Oslo)
30 EC advanced 30 EC advanced courses 30 EC specialisation 30 EC specialisation
courses MSc BA, MSc BA, specialisation courses (mandatory & courses (electives) &
specialisation Marketing / Marketing electives) Master thesis under
Marketing / Marketing Research track joint supervision
Research track

Courses semester 1 (RUG): Field Course Marketing 10 EC


Advanced Marketing Research 10 EC
Marketing Model Building 10 EC
Courses semester 2 (RUG): Consumer Behaviour 10 EC
Marketing Leadership 5 EC
Business Marketing 5 EC
Marketing Research Practice 5 EC
Elective 5 EC
Thesis proposal (as defined by BI)
Courses semester 3 (BI, Oslo): Organisation Science 6 EC
Strategic Management 6 EC
2 of the following 3 electives :
Service Marketing 6 EC
Product Development for Marketeers 6 EC
Marketing Finance 6 EC
Courses semester 4 (BI, Oslo): Corporate Responsibility and Ethics 6 EC
1 of the following 3 electives:
Pricing Strategies 6 EC
Brand Management 6 EC
Interorganisational Relationships 6 EC
Master’s thesis under joint FEB and BI, Oslo
supervision

Within the framework of the Double Degree , not every semester is composed of 30
EC of courses.

What will you learn?


Having completed this double degree, you will have:
– knowledge of traditional and modern marketing techniques and knowledge of
basic and advanced marketing research techniques

183
Student Handbook 2010-2011

– learned how to collect qualitative and quantitative data about customers and
how to analyse these using the latest and most advanced methods for analysing
consumer behaviour
– learned how to measure financial implications of marketing strategies
– knowledge of how movements such as globalization, free-trade agreements,
market deregulation, and environmentalism are transforming the marketing
environment
– acquired the qualifications to enter PhD programmes and work in international
research institutions

Career prospects
This double degree programme has been designed for individuals who aspire to a
career as a market researcher in the private or public sector, as a strategic marketing
expert, customs relations manager, product or brand manager, database analyst or
market intelligence expert. Graduates qualify for a range of positions in international,
multinational or transnational companies.

Admission requirements and application


The admission requirements for this specialisation are the same as those of the
Master’s degree programme in Business Administration, specialisation Marketing. In
addition, students should have completed semesters 1 and 2 of the MSc
BA/Marketing/Marketing Research specialisation with a GPA of at least 7.2. Selection
for the second year of the double degree programme at BI, Oslo takes place prior to
the start of semester 2. Only candidates who can demonstrate that satisfactory
progress has been made in semester 1 are eligible for the double degree programme.

You can apply online, please go to: www.rug.nl/howtoapply


Application deadline: 1 May 2011
Maximum number of RUG students admitted to the double degree programme: 5

Further information
http://www.rug.nl/feb/informatievoor/internationalprospectivestudents/msc/mscba/
mscbamarketing/index
http://www.bi.no/BI-Startpage2/Programmes/Master-og-Science/International-
Master-of-Science-Programmes/MSc-in-Marketing-Sivilmarkedsforer-20/Focus/

184
Double degree programmes

E3 Double Degree MSc International Economics and Business (from


FEB) and MSc Economics and Business, specialisation Strategy (from
BI, Oslo)

E3.1 Programme description


Coordinator: Dr G de Jong, g.de.jong@rug.nl, (050)363 3381
Secretary: Secretariat IE&B, secr.ieb.feb@rug.nl, 050-3633716
Study advisor(s): Student Support Desk,
http://www.rug.nl/feb/studentsupport/masterstudent (for information, questions or
appointments)

As one of the largest business schools in Europe, BI has a strong faculty group with
many renowned researchers that publish their research in top international journals
and interacts with the business community. The core fields of business such as
financial economics, economics, marketing, management, strategy, accounting,
auditing and tax are all represented by large research departments at BI. Specializing
in strategy you will develop an action-oriented understanding of firms’ strategic
processes and learn to master the relevant tools and methods of strategic analysis in
an international setting.

Key facts
Start of programme: 1 September
Duration (in semesters): 4
Total credits: 120 EC
Language: English
Type of degree: • MSc in Economics and Business, specialisation
Strategy (from BI Norwegian School of Management,
Oslo)
• MSc in International Economics and Business (from
the University of Groningen)
Graduates will also receive a diploma supplement on
which is mentioned that the degree is awarded within the
framework of the double degree programme with BI
Norwegian School of Management.
Tuition fees 2010 - 2011: EEA students € 1.672,- per year
Non EEA students: € 11.300,- per year

Programme profile
Business leaders and advisors need a solid understanding of global economic trends,
competition and markets. On top of that, they need to be experts in strategy and
organization (including subcontracting, licensing, joint ventures, mergers, etc.) in
national or international corporations and organisations, such as financial
institutions, consultancy firms, government agencies and the like. This combination
of themes and topics is precisely what makes this DD programme so unique. The

185
Student Handbook 2010-2011

programme is a high-level combination of topics in the field of international business


strategy and international economics, with attention paid to the links between both
fields. DD students are trained in strategy and economics to become broadly oriented
economists with a strong international profile and a deep analytical understanding of
the main current strategic trends in the global business world. As a Business and
Economics student, you will have access to all the core fields of economics, business
and strategy. This double degree programme allows you to combine a specialisation
(major) in Strategy with a broader orientation into other fields of international
economics and business. The freedom to select and combine different subjects –
according to your interests and career plans – is unique for this double degree
programme.

Programme content
MSc DD IE&B / Economics and Business with BI specialising in Strategy
Master’s Year 1 Master’s Year 2
Semester 1 (BI, Oslo) Semester 2 (BI, Oslo) Semester 3 (RUG) Semester 4
(RUG)
30 EC core and 30 EC core and 30 EC advanced Master Writing of
specialisation Master specialisation Master courses Master thesis
courses courses under joint
supervision

Courses semester 1 (BI, Oslo): Research Methodology 6 EC


Mathematics (may be replaced by elective) 6 EC
Corporate Responsibility 6 EC
Foundation of Strategy Analysis: 6 EC
Elective(s): 6 EC
(or 12 EC)
Courses semester 2 (BI, Oslo): Multivariate Statistics with Econometrics 6 EC
Strategy Organisation 6 EC
Corporate and Global Strategy 6 EC
Electives 6 EC
Courses semester 3 (RUG): Advanced International Economics & 10 EC (C)
Business: Comparative Institutional
Approaches
Advanced International Economics: 10 EC (C)
Multinational Enterprises and Trade
Advanced International Business: 10 EC (C)
Management Challenges of Globalisation
Semester 4 (RUG): Master’s thesis under joint FEB and BI, Oslo
supervision

Within the framework of the double degree programme , not every semester is
composed of 30 EC of courses.

186
Double degree programmes

What will you learn?


Having completed this double degree programme, you will have:
– knowledge and expertise in the ways individual, group and organizational
factors influence organizational performance, problem solving and strategic
decision making.
– gained insight into the consequences of globalisation for multinational
enterprises, and the socio-economic and institutional differences between
countries.
– an action-oriented understanding of firms’ strategic processes and learn to master
the relevant tools and methods of strategic analysis in an international setting.

Career prospects
This double degree has been designed for individuals who aspire to a career in
(international) economics and business and prepares students for a range of positions
in international, multinational or transnational companies such as:
– strategy analyst with a multinational enterprise, specializing in market
development and competitive positions
– international economic consultant with an (inter)national governmental
organization
– business consultant with an internationally operating consultancy firm
– international acquisition manager
– entering PhD programmes and working in international research institutions

Admission requirements and application


The admission requirements for this specialisation are the same as those for the
International Economics and Business Master’s degree programme, with an
additional requirement that candidates should have at least a GPA of ≥7.2. In
selecting candidates, the selection committee will also take account of factors such as
motivation and relevant knowledge.

You can apply online, please go to: www.rug.nl/howtoapply


Application deadline: 1 May 2011
Maximum number of RUG students admitted to the double degree: 5

Further information
http://www.rug.nl/feb/informatievoor/internationalprospectivestudents/msc/msciean
db/index
http://www.bi.no/BI-Startpage2/Programmes/Master-og-Science/International-
Master-of-Science-Programmes/MSc-in-Business-and-Economics--Sivilokonom-
20/Focus/

187
Student Handbook 2010-2011

E4 Double Degree MSc International Economics and Business (from


FEB) and MA in International Economics (from Georg-August-
University Göttingen - GOT)

E4.1 Programme description


Coordinator: Dr M. Koetter, m.koetter@rug.nl, (050)363 2665
Secretary: Secretariat IE&B, secr.ieb.feb@rug.nl, 050-3633716
Study advisor(s): Student Support Desk,
http://www.rug.nl/feb/studentsupport/masterstudent (for information, questions or
appointments)

The University of Göttingen is a research university of international renown with a


strong focus on research-driven teaching. The University is distinguished by the rich
diversity of its educational spectrum particularly in the humanities, its excellent
facilities for the pursuit of scientific research, and the outstanding quality of the areas
that define its profile. In 2007, the Georg-August-Universität achieved success in the
Initiative of Excellence of the German Federal and State Governments with its
institutional strategy for the future entitled “Göttingen.Tradition – Innovation –
Autonomy”. This distinguishes Göttingen as one of the nine German universities
officially rated as holding the potential for global visibility and a place amongst the
foremost institutions of higher education.

Key facts

Start of programme: 1 September


Duration (in semesters): 4
Total credits: 120 EC
Language: English
Type of degree: • MSc in International Economics and Business (from
the University of Groningen)
• MA in International Economics (from Georg-August-
University Göttingen), specialisation applied
international and development economics
Graduates will also receive a diploma supplement on
which is mentioned that the degree is awarded within the
framework of the double degree programme with Georg-
August-University Göttingen.
Tuition fees 2010-2011: EEA students € 1.672,- per year
Non EEA students € 11.300,- per year

Programme profile
The Master's programme in International Economics at Göttingen concentrates on
the acquisition of specialised knowledge of international markets and the global
interconnections of national economies. High value is set on research-based teaching,

188
Double degree programmes

demanding proficiency in analytical methods. Students in the double degree


programme will take courses from the MA specialisation ‘development economics’.
What makes the Master’s programme in International Economics and Business in
Groningen so unique is the combination of topics in the field of international
business and international economics, and the attention paid to the links between
both fields. MSc IE&B students are trained to become broadly oriented economists
with a strong international profile and a deep analytical understanding of the main
current trends in the global world of international (economic) policy and business
organizations.
One of the exceptional elements in this double degree programme is that you take a
Research Master course as part of your curriculum. That means that besides
specialising in applied international and development economics with a broad
orientation into other fields of international economics and business, you also
develop specific research skills. The freedom to select and combine different
specialisation areas – according to your interests and career plans – makes this a
diverse and challenging double degree programme.

Programme content
MSc DD IE&B with Göttingen specialising in applied international and
development economics
Master’s Year 1 Master’s Year 2
Semester 1 (RUG) Semester 2 (GOT) Semester 3 (GOT) Semester 4 (RUG)
30 EC Compulsory (C) 30 EC Specialisation (S) 30 EC Compulsory (C), Writing joint Master
advanced courses, incl. and Elective (E) Master Specialisation (S) and thesis at RuG under
10 EC Research Master courses at GOT Elective (E) Master joint supervision
(RM) course courses at GOT

Exemplary curriculum Structure:


Courses semester 1 (RUG): Institutional Determinants of Economic 10 EC (C)
Development (RM)
Advanced International Economics & 10 EC (C)
Business: Comparative Institutional
Approaches
Advanced International Economics: 10 EC (C)
Multinational Enterprises and Trade
Courses semester 2 (GOT): Economic Effects of Regional Integration 6 EC (S)
Economics and Polictics of International 6 EC (S)
Financial Organisations:
Seminar in Development Aid 6 EC (S)
Econometrics I 6 EC (S)
Paneldata Econometrics 6 EC (S)
Courses semester 3 (GOT): Econometrics II 6 EC (C)
Development Economics III: Regional 6 EC (S)
Perspectives in Development Economics:
Seminar: Globalisation and Development: 6 EC (S)
Development Aid: 6 EC (S)

189
Student Handbook 2010-2011

Courses semester 1 (RUG): Institutional Determinants of Economic 10 EC (C)


Development (RM)
Behavioural Game Theory: 6 EC (S)
Thesis proposal (as defined by GOT & RUG)
Semester 4 (RUG): Research Methodology for MSc IE&B: 5 EC (C)
Master’s thesis under joint FEB and GOT
supervision

What will you learn?


Having completed this double degree, you will have:
– knowledge and expertise in the ways individual, group and organizational
factors influence organizational performance, problem solving and strategic
decision making.
– insight into the consequences of globalisation for multinational enterprises, and
the socio-economic and institutional differences between countries.
– the ability to apply the tools of modern economic analysis to issues of
development policy
– the use of quantitative and statistical techniques for policy analysis and
evaluation in a development context
– the capacity to evaluate critically different approaches to development analysis
and policy
– the ability to communicate effectively with researchers, policymakers and
practitioners in the field, to develop their capacity to work with and advise
governments and development institutions on development problems
– the training in modern economic analysis and quantitative techniques that
research and applied work in the development field now requires
– the qualifications to enter PhD programmes and work in international research
institutions

Career prospects
This double degree programme has been designed for individuals who aspire to a
career in national, international, multinational or transnational institutions and
enterprises such as:
– international economic consultant with an (inter)national governmental
organisations such as IMF, Worldbank, OECD, WTO, ECB, ODI or the EU
– researcher or professional economist on development issues in international
agencies, governments or the private sector
– international economic consultant with an (inter)national governmental
organization
– economics or business consultant with an internationally operating consultancy
firm
– entering PhD programmes and working in international research institutions

190
Double degree programmes

Admission requirements and application


The admission requirements for this specialisation are the same as those for the
International Economics and Business Master’s degree programme, with an
additional requirement that candidates should have at least a GPA of ≥7 and that the
grade of the Bachelor degree thesis is ≥ 7.5. In selecting candidates, the respective
selection committees will also take account of factors such as motivation and relevant
knowledge of international/development economics.

You can apply online, please go to: www.rug.nl/howtoapply


Application deadline: 1 May 2011
Maximum number of RUG students admitted to the double degree: 5

Further information
http://www.rug.nl/feb/informatievoor/internationalprospectivestudents/msc/msciean
db/index
http://www.uni-goettingen.de/en/37899.html

191
Student Handbook 2010-2011

E5 Double Degree MSc International Economics and Business (from


FEB) and MA in International Economy and Business from Corvinus
University Budapest - CUB)

E5.1 Programme description


Coordinator: Prof. H. van Ees, h.van.ees@rug.nl, (050)363 3705
Secretary: Secretariat IE&B, secr.ieb.feb@rug.nl, 050-3633716
Study advisor(s): Student Support Desk,
http://www.rug.nl/feb/studentsupport/masterstudent (for information, questions or
appointments)

Corvinus University Budapest offers degrees in multiple disciplines, but it is


characterised by its programmes in economics and management. It is consistently
listed in the top 50 in the Financial Times European Masters in Management
rankings. As the country’s leading institution in economics education, the Faculty of
Economics provides education and research in the field of Hungarian economic
policies embedded in a European and global context. Due to its regional
determinacy, one of the main assets of the Faculty is its firm commitment to a better
perception of Central and Eastern Europe, with a special focus on the process of
catching up, transformation and integration. The Faculty offers a wide range of
relevant topics in the field of world economy, the European Community and the CEE
region, thereby providing the necessary knowledge for those individuals who wish
to embark on a career in international or domestic institutions of economic
management or governmental agencies.

Key facts
Start of programme: 1 September
Duration (in semesters): 4
Total credits: 120 EC
Language: English
Type of degree: • MSc in International Economics and Business (from
the University of Groningen)
• MA in International Economy and Business (from
Corvinus University Budapest), specialisation Central-
East European economies
Graduates will also receive a diploma supplement on
which is mentioned that the degree is awarded within the
framework of the double degree programme with
Corvinus University Budapest.
Tuition fees 2010-2011: EEA students: € 1.672,- per year
Non EEA students: € 11.300,- per year

192
Double degree programmes

N.B. This programme can also be taken by RUG students as a 3-semester, 90 EC


Master Certificate (CEE specialisation) programme. Graduates of this programme are
not eligible for the CUB Master’s degree.

Programme profile
Business leaders and all others who wish to embark on a career in international
management or public policy have to understand the trends in the world economy,
including the European Community and the CEE region. What makes this DD
programme so unique is the combination of topics in the field of international
business and international economics, with a special focus on issues of economic
transformation and integration, as well as the attention paid to the links between the
fields. Topics range from international trade and investment to the consequences of
globalization for strategic decision-making, in particular trade and capital flows in
relation to multinational enterprises and the socio-economic and institutional
differences between countries, with a special focus on the CEE-region. Students are
trained to become broadly oriented economists with a strong international profile
and a deep analytical understanding of the main current trends in the global world
of international (economic) policy and business organizations, ranging from the
fields of international business and economics to international politics and
international law. The core content of the programme reflects the increasing
globalisation and continuous evolution of international economics and business
management.

Programme content
BSc E&BE graduates can choose to take the 120 EC double degree programme
specialising in Central and Eastern European economies. In order to be eligible for
the MA degree at CUB, they need to satisfy the graduation requirements of CUB.

MSc DD IE&B with Corvinus specialising in Central-East European transition


economies
Master’s Year 1 Master’s Year 2
Semester 1 (RUG) Semester 2 (CUB) Semester 3 (CUB) Semester 4 (RUG)
30 EC Compulsory (C) 30 EC of courses (CEE 30 EC of courses (CEE Writing joint Master
advanced courses specialisation courses specialisation courses thesis at RuG under
and elective courses) and elective courses) joint supervision
from the CUB MA Int. from the CUB MA Int.
Economy and Business Economy and Business

Courses semester 1 (RUG): Advanced International Economics & 10 EC (C)


Business: Comparative Institutional
Approaches
Advanced International Economics: 10 EC (C)
Multinational Enterprises and Trade
Advanced International Business: 10 EC (C)
Management Challenges of Globalisation

193
Student Handbook 2010-2011

Courses semester 1 (RUG): Advanced International Economics & 10 EC (C)


Business: Comparative Institutional
Approaches
Courses semester 2 (CUB): Core, CEE specialisation and elective courses
from the CUB MA Int. Economy and
Business (the composition of courses has to
be jointly approved and satisfy the MA
degree requirements at CUB).
Courses semester 3 (CUB): Core, CEE specialisation and elective courses
from the CUB MA Int. Economy and
Business (the composition of courses has to
be jointly approved and satisfy the MA
degree requirements at CUB).
Courses semester 4 (RUG): Research Methodology for MSc IE&B 5 EC (C)
Master’s thesis FEB

What will you learn?


Having completed this double degree programme, you will have:
– knowledge and expertise in the ways individual, group and organizational
factors influence organizational performance, problem solving and strategic
decision making.
– insight into the consequences of globalisation for multinational enterprises, and
the socio-economic and institutional differences between countries, in particular
CEE countries.
– the ability to apply the tools of modern economic analysis to issues of
development policy
– acquired analytical and business skills in an international context
– the capacity to evaluate critically different approaches to development analysis
and policy

Career prospects
This double degree programme has been designed for individuals who aspire to a
career in national, international, multinational or transnational institutions and
enterprises such as:
– international economist and strategy expert in a transnational corporation.
– staff member with an (inter)national governmental organisations such as IMF,
Worldbank, OECD, WTO, ECB, ODI or the EU
– researcher or professional economist on development and Central-East European
transition economic issues in international agencies, governments or the private
sector
– international economic consultant with an (inter)national governmental
organization
– business consultant with an internationally operating consultancy firm
– international acquisition manager

194
Double degree programmes

Admission requirements and application


The admission requirements for this specialisation are the same as those for the
International Economics and Business Master’s degree programme, with an
additional requirement that candidates for both the double degree Master and the
Master certificate programme should have at least a GPA of ≥7. In selecting
candidates, the respective selection committees will also take account of factors such
as motivation and relevant knowledge of international/development economics.

You can apply online, please go to: www.rug.nl/howtoapply


Application deadline: 1 May 2011
Maximum number of RUG students admitted to the double degree: 5

Further information
http://www.rug.nl/feb/informatievoor/internationalprospectivestudents/msc/msciean
db/index
http://economics.uni-corvinus.hu/index.php?id=27827

195
Student Handbook 2010-2011

E6 Double Degree MSc in International Business and Management,


specialization International Financial Management

E6.1 Programme description


Coordinator: Dr W. Westerman, w.westerman&rug.nl, (050)363 7088
Information: Mrs R. van Est-van der Weg, r.van.est@rug.nl, 050-3636692
Study advisor(s): Student Support Desk,
http://www.rug.nl/feb/studentsupport/masterstudent (for information, questions or
appointments)

Founded in 1477, Uppsala University is the oldest university in Scandinavia. Since


1901, six Nobel prizes have been awarded to researchers from Uppsala University.
Uppsala University is a state university with more than 30,000 students, 5,000
employees in 7 faculties and some 100 departments. It offers about 30 first-degree
programmes as well as some 1,000 subject courses.
With a population of about 160,000 people, Uppsala is the fourth largest town in
Sweden, combining the charm of a small town with the opportunities of a big city.
Located 70 km (45 miles) north of Stockholm – about 45 minutes by train – it is
Sweden’s most active student city. Uppsala is a town with a living history. Old
Uppsala (Gamla Uppsala) was the focal point of the Kingdom of the Swedes. Traces
left by the Viking ancestors can still be seen at Gamla Uppsala.

Key facts
Start of programme: 1 September
Duration (in semesters): 3
Total credits: 90 EC
Language: English
Type of degree: • MSc in International Business and Management
(from the University of Groningen)
• MSc in Business and Economics (from Uppsala
University)
Graduates will also receive a diploma supplement on
which is mentioned that the degree is awarded within the
framework of the double degree programme with
Uppsala University.
Tuition fees 2010-2011: EEA students € 1.672.—per year
Non EEA students € 11.300,-- per year

Programme profile
These days, internationally oriented firms and organizations do not merely need
financial specialists who are acquainted with the latest tools and techniques. They are
looking for professionals who can use these tools and techniques for managing
information and business resources.
The Master’s degree programme in International Business & Management designed
this specialization in International Financial Management to meet this need. The

196
Double degree programmes

International Financial Management programme is a double degree programme that


is offered jointly by the University of Groningen in the Netherlands and Uppsala
University in Sweden. The double degree programme consists of two one-year
master programmes: the Master of Science in International Business and
Management (MSc IB&M) of the University of Groningen, and the Master of Science
in Business and Economics of Uppsala University, Sweden. It has a unique set-up.
Students take one semester of courses in Groningen, one semester of courses in
Uppsala and have to write one master’s thesis (also one semester), which is
supervised by staff members from both universities. The thesis will be part of both
Master of Science programmes. By organizing the thesis project in this way, students
can effectively study two one-year master programmes in three semesters (i.e. 18
months/90 EC).
The IFM programme is different from most other master’s programmes in
international finance because it focuses on managerial aspects of international
finance. The curriculum is designed to provide students with the skills they will need
to function as a financial manager in an internationally operating firm or
organization. It will give students a thorough understanding of the different aspects
of financial management in an international business environment, and aims at
teaching them to think strategically and to explore how change can be initiated and
managed.

Programme content
MSc DD IB&M with Uppsala University specialising in international financial
management
Semester 1 (RUG) Semester 2 (UU) Semester 3 (RUG and/or
UU)
30 EC compulsory advanced 30 EC compulsory advanced 5 EC compulsory course
courses courses UU Research Methodology;
25 EC joint RUG/UU
Master Thesis Project

Exemplary curriculum Structure:


Courses semester 1 (RUG): Advanced International Business 10 EC (C)

International Management Accounting and 5 EC (C)


Control
Advanced International Financial 5 EC (C)
Management
Financial Markets & Corporate Strategy 10 EC (C)

Courses semester 2 (UU): International Financial Management 7.5 EC (C)


Advanced Company Valuation 7.5 EC (C)
Service Management 7.5 EC (C)
Cross Cultural Management 7.5 EC (C)
Courses semester 3 (RUG and/or Research Methodology 5 EC (C)
UU):
Master’s thesis under joint FEB and UU 25 EC (C)

197
Student Handbook 2010-2011

Courses semester 1 (RUG): Advanced International Business 10 EC (C)

supervision:

What will you learn?


The Master’s programme in International Financial Management programme
emphasizes the study of the managerial aspects of international financial issues. The
curriculum of the MIFM is designed to provide students with the skills they will
need to operate as a good financial manager in an internationally operating firm or
organization. It aims at learning to think strategically, and to explore how one can
initiate and manage change. Therefore, the MIFM offers students a programme that
is more closely connected to the demand of the market for managers who are able to
manage international financial operations.
Students graduating from this programme will be able to:
– make decisions at strategic levels in many different private and public
organisations that are internationally oriented.
– choose the appropriate analytical techniques for analysing and managing
international financial problems.
– provide and present relevant information for businesses operating
internationally.
– appreciate cultural differences in international business.
– apply theory of international finance to practical situations.
– carry out and present research findings on issues in international finance.

Career prospects
International Financial Management (IFM) aims to develop future managers to
handle the complexities of foreign capital investments and financing, evaluate risks
related to operating abroad, manage and control international production and sales
activities, manage alliances with foreign parties, and set up information processing
and reporting.
You will be prepared for managerial careers in financial organizations as well as in
multinational companies as corporate financial managers. Students graduating from
this programme may have a career in senior management levels at different
internationally oriented organizations, such as multinationals and/or international
organizations like IMF, World Bank, UN, etc.
Graduates may also take on research oriented functions or conduct further research
for a Ph.D. (with a view to an academic career).

Admission requirements and application


– The MSc IB&M – IFM programme requires candidates to have a university
Bachelor level of training in a field related to this Master's programme.
– In addition to that, for international students a GMAT test score of 500 or higher
is required.
– Also, international students must meet the English language requirements (IELTS
6.5, or equivalent).

198
Double degree programmes

You can apply online, please go to: www.rug.nl/howtoapply


Application deadline: 1 May 2011

Further information
http://www.rug.nl/feb/informatievoor/internationalprospectivestudents/msc/mscifm/
index

199
Student Handbook 2010-2011

E7 Dual Masters Award in Advanced International Business


Management and Marketing
Coordinator : Dr K. van Veen, k.van.veen&rug.nl, (050)363 3866
Information: Ineke van Est, r.van.est@rug.nl, 050-3636692
Study advisor(s): Student Support Desk,
http://www.rug.nl/feb/studentsupport/masterstudent (for information, questions or
appointments)

The double degree programme (or dual award programme) in


Advanced International Business Management & Marketing is a programme that is
offered jointly by the University of Groningen and Newcastle University Business
School (NUBS) in Great Britain.
The double degree programme consists of the Master of Science in International
Business and Management (IB&M) of the University of Groningen and the Master of
Science in International Business Management & Marketing of the
Newcastle University Business School, Great Britain.
It has a unique set-up. Students take one semester of courses in Groningen, one
semester of courses in Newcastle and have to write one master’s thesis (also one
semester), which is supervised by staff members from both universities. The thesis
will be part of both Master of Science programmes. By organizing the thesis project
in this way, students can effectively study two one-year master programmes in 17
months.

Key facts
Start of programme: 1 September
Duration (in semesters): 3
Total credits: 90 EC
Language: English
Type of degree: • MSc in International Business and Management
(from the University of Groningen)
• MSc in International Business Management &
Marketing (from Newcastle University)
Graduates will also receive a diploma supplement on
which is mentioned that the degree is awarded within the
framework of the double degree programme with
Newcastle University.
Tuition fees 1 September 2010 - EEA students € 5,800 per year
31 December 2011: Non EEA students € 16,750 per year

Programme profile
The Dual Award in Advanced International Business Management and Marketing is
a highly unique degree programme, delivered by two academically renowned
European Universities– The University of Groningen, Faculty of Economics and
Business and the Newcastle University Business School. This collaborative approach
provides students with the opportunity to:

200
Double degree programmes

– study a distinctive and internationally focused curriculum in business,


management and marketing
– study at two highly respected and traditionally focused Universities
– gain a postgraduate dual award degree enabling participants to prepare for
and/or further develop a successful career in international business and
management
– live in two of Europe’s most exciting and friendly cities

The programme is modular in structure, comprising 90 ECTS which are studied on a


full time basis over a period of 17 months. Students will undertake semester one at
the Faculty of Economics and Business in Groningen and semester two at Newcastle
University Business School. Supervision for the dissertation is managed jointly across
the institutions, but participants will be given the choice as to which university to
undertake their dissertation. You will be allocated a supervisor from each university
(regardless of which institution you choose), and you will also be supported by
workshops run jointly by both universities during this period.

Programme content
MSc DD IB&M with Newcastle University in international business
management and marketing
Semester 1 (RUG) Semester 2 (NUBS) Semester 3 (RUG and
NUBS)
30 EC compulsory advanced 30 EC advanced 30 EC joint RUG/NUBS
courses specialization courses and International Business
electives at NUBS Management/Marketing -
Dissertation

Exemplary curriculum Structure:


Courses semester 1 (RUG): Advanced International Economics and Business
Advanced International Business
Advanced International Management
Advanced International Financial Management
Research Methodology for International Business and
Management
Courses semester 2 (UU): International Marketing
International Brand Management
International Marketing Communications Management
Customer Relations Management
Research Methods
Optional Course Choice
Courses semester 3 (provided International Business Management/Marketing -
jointly by RUG and NUBS: Dissertation

What will you learn?


The Dual Award in Advanced International Business Management and Marketing
aims to provide participants the opportunity to engage with the issues experienced

201
Student Handbook 2010-2011

by internationally orientated organisations. Within this context, attention is paid to


the comparative analyses of countries, institutions, cultures and the strategic decision
making of companies operating within this environment. More specifically, the
programme aims to provide candidates with:
– an ability to apply their knowledge and understanding of international business
management to complex issues, both systematically and creatively.
– a deep knowledge of marketing theories, including advanced skills in the
analysis of markets in an international context.
– an understanding of management, leadership and business practice within
international organisations.
– an opportunity to conceptualise real world problems using analytical
frameworks drawn from marketing, international marketing and international
business theory.
– an ability to critically evaluate these issues within the context of the activities of
businesses, government and non-governmental organisations.’

Career prospects
The degree has been designed for individuals who aspire to a career in international
business management and will prepare students for a range of positions in
international, multinational or transnational companies. Participants will understand
how to analyse the markets in different countries and will develop a ‘sharp eye’ for
the processes within which multinational enterprises operate.
On a practical level, you will develop an understanding of and applied skills in:
– multi-stakeholder perspectives in respect of the management challenges bought
about by increased globalisation including: the implications of international
organisation (merger/acquisitions and alliances); relationships between
Headquarters and subsidiaries and international aspects of corporate governance
– the international aspects of financial management and the associated financial
risks of international business
– the implications of leadership and top management team composition for
managing within, and across national borders
– an advanced knowledge of analytical frameworks and tools useful for the
measurement and explanation of market performance and consumer behaviour
– critical analysis in the context of the activities of business, government and non-
government organisations

Admission requirements and application


The admission requirements for this specialisation are the same as those for the
International Business & Management Master’s degree programme, with an
additional requirement that candidates for the Dual Degree programme have:
– a BSc (or pre-MSc) IB&M from RUG with a grade point average of 7 or above, or
– an upper-second class honours degree (2:1 classification or above), or
international equivalent in a related subject area.

202
Double degree programmes

After semester 1 in Groningen, the student will only be allowed to proceed to the
second stage of the programme in Newcastle if the student can demonstrate that
he/she has been making satisfactory progress in semester 1.

You can apply online, please go to: www.rug.nl/howtoapply


Application deadline: 1 May 2011

Further information
http://www.rug.nl/feb/informatievoor/studiekiezers/masteropleidingen/mscibmand
marketing/index

203
Student Handbook 2010-2011

Index of this Handbook

1
1st February rule................................................................................................................... 41

A
Academic year....................................................................................................................... 18
Adaptations to teaching or testing ..................................................................................... 33
Address, change of ............................................................................................................... 16
Addresses............................................................................................................................... 50
Admission for MSc degree programmes ........................................................................ 109
Admission requirements to MSc BA................................................................................ 114

B
Bachelor's degree certificate ................................................................................................ 36
Binding Study Advice.......................................................................................................... 32
Book sales............................................................................................................................... 49

C
Careers Office, address ........................................................................................................ 50
Centre for Study Support and Academic Skills, address................................................ 55
Ceremony............................................................................................................................... 36
Computer Accounts ............................................................................................................. 47
Computer courses................................................................................................................. 48
Computer facilities ............................................................................................................... 46
Confidential Advisor, address............................................................................................ 56
Contact details....................................................................................................................... 50

D
Degree programme approval.............................................................................................. 36

E
Economics and Business Student Association.................................................................. 57
Electronic learning environment........................................................................................ 48
Emergency Fund................................................................................................................... 42
Examinations......................................................................................................................... 23

F
Finances & Financial Planning Office, address ................................................................ 53
Fiscal Student’s Society Groningen.................................................................................... 60

204
G
General Studies Module ...................................................................................................... 85
Graduating............................................................................................................................. 36

I
International Business Research ......................................................................................... 57
International Relations Office, address ............................................................................. 55
International Service Desk................................................................................................... 35
International Service Desk, address................................................................................... 55
Internet ................................................................................................................................... 48

L
Law Library ........................................................................................................................... 46
Libraries, addresses.............................................................................................................. 54
Library at FEB ....................................................................................................................... 46
Library, University ............................................................................................................... 46

M
MARUG ................................................................................................................................. 59
Master’s degree certificate................................................................................................... 37
Mentor Group ....................................................................................................................... 28
Minor ...................................................................................................................................... 85

N
Nestor ..................................................................................................................................... 48

O
Office hours ........................................................................................................................... 30

P
Personal problems ................................................................................................................ 30
Photocopying, card for ........................................................................................................ 49
Pro Memorie.......................................................................................................................... 61

Q
Quest....................................................................................................................................... 62

R
Registration for a course...................................................................................................... 16
Registration for a degree programme................................................................................ 15
Registration for exams ......................................................................................................... 17

205
Student Handbook 2010-2011

Registration period courses................................................................................................. 17


Registration period exams................................................................................................... 17
Repro Shop, address............................................................................................................. 53
Request for a certificate........................................................................................................ 36
Resits................................................................................................................................. 20, 23
RISK ........................................................................................................................................ 59

S
Science shop .......................................................................................................................... 38
Science Shop, address .......................................................................................................... 53
Service Desk .......................................................................................................................... 47
Sexual harassment ................................................................................................................ 30
Software ................................................................................................................................. 48
SOM, address ........................................................................................................................ 53
Student psychologists, address........................................................................................... 55
Student Service Centre......................................................................................................... 55
Student Support Desk, address .......................................................................................... 50
Study costs policy ................................................................................................................. 41
Sudent Councellors, address............................................................................................... 55
Syllabus .................................................................................................................................. 53
Syllabus Shop ........................................................................................................................ 49

T
Talent and Career Center, address..................................................................................... 56
Teaching evaluations ........................................................................................................... 43
Transfer to a HBO programme........................................................................................... 32
Transfer to another study programme .............................................................................. 32

U
UB ........................................................................................................................................... 46
University Library ................................................................................................................ 46
University Student Desk...................................................................................................... 15
University Student Desk, address...................................................................................... 55

V
VESTING ............................................................................................................................... 60

206

You might also like